NORTH AMERICAN

PRODUCT
TECHNICAL
GUIDE
Volume 3:
Modular Support Systems
Technical Guide,
Edition 1
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

LET US BE
YOUR DESIGN
PARTNER
Hilti Engineering Services

HILTI TECHNICAL SERVICE

We are more than a supplier. We want to make your design process easier. That's why we offer a variety of
technical support services to help architects and engineers evaluate and specify Hilti products. Experienced Hilti
engineers and technical specialists will work with your team to assist with developing your unique structural or
nonstructural application. We are committed to developing and maintaining the trust of our customers within the
professional design and construction communities who recommend, specify, or use Hilti products.

Field Engineering and Fire Protection Corporate Engineering

Specialists • Technical reports and approvals
• Product application design and detail assistance • Online technical design center
• Specification consultation • Technical software programs, e.g. Engineering Suite
• Design software support, e.g. Engineering Suite • Product application consultation
• Continuing education seminars • Firestop engineering judgments
• Installation and safety training • Project specific CAD support
• Site specific product support • Decking submittal support
• Continuing education webinars
Field Engineering and Fire Protection • Ask Hilti community
Specialists
• Online download of LEED documents Corporate Testing Capabilities
• Concrete anchor and powder-actuated fastener
Online Technical Services test facility
• Full-scale Diaphragm Test Frame
www.hilti.com/engineering
• U.L. certified firestop assembly furnaces
• Independent witness by accredited organization

2023
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

CONTENT OVERVIEW

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE 6

1.0 INTRODUCTION 15

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY 16

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM 21

4.0 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE 145

5.0 REFERENCE 148

Hilti North American Product Technical Guide Volumes 1 and 2 are also available.
Contact your Hilti Field Engineer about them today.

NORTH AMERICAN NORTH AMERICAN

PRODUCT PRODUCT
TECHNICAL TECHNICAL
GUIDE GUIDE
Volume 1: Volume 2:
Direct Fastening Technical Guide, Anchor Fastening Technical Guide,
Edition 21 Edition 22

2023 1
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE 6

1.0 INTRODUCTION 15
1.1 Published Load Values 15
1.2 General Information for Load Tables 15
1.3 Instructions For Use (IFU) 15
1.4 Units 15
1.5 Our Purpose 15
1.6 Our Quality System 15

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY 16

2.1 Benefits and Applications of MT 16
2.2 Evaluation of Technical Data 18
2.3 Information on Adjustability of MT Components 19
2.4 Corrosion 20

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM 21

3.1 MT Profiles 21
MT Profile Material Specifications, Corrosion Protection,
and Ordering Information 21
MT Angle and Channel Profile Dimensions 22
MT Girder Profile Dimensions 23
3.1.1 Cross-Section Properties of MT Profiles 24
3.1.2 MT Beam and Column Load Tables 29
Beam Design Fundamentals 29
Column Design Fundamentals 30
Beam Load, Shear, and Moment Diagrams 31
Load and Deflection Factors for Beams 32
Load Tables for Allowable Strength Design (ASD) 33
Load Tables for Limit State Design (LSD) 41
Beam Load Reduction Factors for Laterally Unbraced Channels 49
Beam Load Reduction Factors for Laterally Unbraced Girders 49
3.2 MT Components 50
3.2.1 MT Connection Mechanisms
MT-TFB 50
MT-TL M10 + MT TLB 51
MT-TL 3/8" AND 1/2" 52
MT-CTAB 53
3.2.2 MT Base Connectors
MT-B-L 54
MT-B-T 55
MT-B-O2 56
MT-B-O4 57
MT-B-O2B 58

2023 2
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM (CONTINUED)

3.2.2 MT Base Connectors (continued)
MT-B-GS T 59
MT-B-GS O4U 60
MT-B-GL O4 61
MT-B-GXL O4 62
MT-B-GXL S1 63
MT-B-GXL S2 64
MT-B-GXL S3 65
MT-B-G WS 66
MT-B-G AS 67
MT-B-GL O4C 68
3.2.3 MT System Connectors
MT-C-L1 69
MT-C-L2 70
MT-C-T/1 71
MT-C-LL1 72
MT-C-LL2 74
MT-C-T/2 75
MT-C-T A 77
MT-C-T 3D/2 78
MT-C-T 3D/3 79
MT-C-GS 81
MT-C-GL 83
MT-C-GS A 85
MT-C-GL A 86
MT-C-GSP L 87
MT-C-GSP T 88
MT-C-GLP T 89
MT-C-GLP X A 90
MT-C-GLP T A 91
MT-C-GSP T A 92
MT-C-GSP L A 93
MT-C-LDP L1 94
MT-C-T 3D/2/HL 95
3.2.4 MT Splice Connectors
MT-ES-40 96
MT-ES-60 97
MT-ES-70 98
MT-ES-90 99
3.2.5 MT Beam Connectors
MT-U-GL 1 100
3.2.6 MT Angle Braces and Fittings
MT-AB-A 101
MT-AB-L 45 102
MT-AB-LL2 45 103
MT-AB-G T 104
MT-B-GS AB 105
MT-B-GL AB 106

2023 3
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM (CONTINUED)

3.2.7 MT Brackets
MT-BR-30 107
MT-BR-40 107
MT-BR-40D 107
MT-BR-40 O4 107
MT-BR-40D O4 107
3.2.8 MT Clamps and Channel Ties
MT-CC-30 111
MT-CC-40/50 112
MT-CC-40D 113
MT-CC-70 114
MT-CT-H2 115
MT-CT-H5 116
MT-CT-T 117
MT-CT-H4 118
3.2.9 MT Beam Clamps
MT-BC-GS T 119
MT-BC-GXL T 120
MQT-21-41 121
MQT-41-82 122
MQT-U 123
3.2.10 MT Threaded Rod Connectors and Pipe Saddles
MT-CTR-GS 124
MT-CTR-GL 125
MT-C-PS 126
MI-PSCU / MI-PSU 127
3.2.11 MT Media Fixation
MT-FA-G 129
MT-FPS-GS 131
MT-FPS-GL 132
MT-SP 133
MP-UB 134
MP-US 136
3.2.12 MT Load Distribution Plates
MT-B-LDP S 138
MT-B-LDP ME 139
3.2.13 MT Modular Plates
MT-P-G S1 / MT-P-GM S1 140
MT-P-G S2 / MT-P-GM S2 141
MT-P-G S3 / MT-P-GM S3 142
3.2.14 MT Accessories and End Caps
MT-EC-20/30/40/50/60 143
MT-EC-70/80/90/100 144

2023 4
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

4.0 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE 145

Threaded Rod 145
Hex Nuts 146
Washers 146
Rod Couplers 147
Hex Bolts 147

5.0 REFERENCE 148

5.1 General Information for Load Tables 148
Gauge Wall Thickness 148
Standard Steel Pipe Information 149
Standard PVC Pipe Information 150
Standard Ductile Iron Class 53 Pipe Information 151
Type M Copper Tubing 152
Type L / ACR Copper Tubing 153
Type K Copper Tubing 154
Galvanized Rigid Steel 155
Intermediate Metal Conduit 155
Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Metal Thinwall Conduit 156
5.2 Terms and Conditions of Sale 157
Terms and Conditions of Sale (U.S.) 157
Terms and Conditions of Sale (Canada) 157

2023 5
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT PROFILES
MT-10 (pg 21) MT-15 (pg 21) MT-20 (pg 21) MT-30 (pg 21) MT-50 (pg 21)

● 2268497 (3M) ● 2268509 (3M)

● 2268493 (2M) ● 2268495 (2M) ● 2268498 (6M) ● 2268510 (6M)
● 2268492 (2M)
● 2268494 (2M) ● 2268496 (2M) ● 2268499 (3M) ● 2268511 (3M)
● 2268500 (6M) ● 2268512 (6M)

MT-60 (pg 21) MT-70 (pg 21) MT-80 (pg 21) MT-90 (pg 21) MT-100 (pg 21)

● 2268513 (3M)
● 2268514 (6M) ● 2268364 (3M) ● 2268366 (3M) ● 2268368 (3M) ● 2268490 (3M)
● 2268515 (3M) ● 2268365 (6M) ● 2268367 (6M) ● 2268369 (6M) ● 2268491 (6M)
● 2268516 (6M)

Installation System Material Finish:

● Pre-Galvanized (PG) ● Zinc Magnesium (ZM)

2023 6
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT CONNECTION MECHANISM
MT-TFB (pg 50) MT-TL (pg 51, 52) MT-TLB & MT-TLB 30 (pg 51) MT-CTAB (pg 53)

● 2272080 (M10)
● 2273636 (3/8") ● 2273254
● 2273638 (1/2") ● 2282190 ● 2332797
● 2272084
● 2272082 (M10) ● 2273256 ● 2332788
● 2273637 (3/8") ● 2282191
● 2273639 (1/2")

Installation System Material Finish:

● Electro-Galvanized (EG) ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 7
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT BASE CONNECTOR
MT-B-L (pg 54) MT-B-T (pg 55) MT-B-O2 (pg 56) MT-B-O4 (pg 57) MT-B-O2B (pg 58)

● 2272086 ● 2272090 ● 2272094 ● 2272098 ● 2282212

● 2272088 ● 2272092 ● 2272096 ● 2272099 ● 2282213

MT-B-GS T (pg 59) MT-B-GS O4U (pg 60) MT-B-GL O4 (pg 61) MT-B-GXL O4 (pg 62) MT-B-GXL S1 (pg 63)

● 2272100 ● 2272101 ● 2272103 ● 2272104 ● 2272106

MT-B-GXL S2 (pg 64) MT-B-GXL S3 (pg 65) MT-B-G WS (pg 66) MT-B-G AS (pg 67) MT-B-GL O4C (pg 68)

● 2272107 ● 2272108 ● 2272109 ● 2332781 ● 2343282

Installation System Material Finish:

● Electro-Galvanized (EG) ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 8
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-L1 (pg 69) MT-C-L2 (pg 70) MT-C-T/1 (pg 71) MT-C-LL1 (pg 72) MT-C-LL2 (pg 74)

● 2271514 ● 2271518 ● 2272040 ● 2272047 ● 2272051

● 2271516 ● 2271519 ● 2272042 ● 2272049 ● 2272053

MT-C-T/2 (pg 75) MT-C-T A (pg 77) MT-C-T 3D/2 (pg 78) MT-C-T 3D/3 (pg 79) MT-C-GS (pg 81)

● 2272054 ● 2272056 ● 2272058 ● 2272060

● 2272064
● 2272055 ● 2272057 ● 2272059 ● 2272061

MT-C-GL (pg 83) MT-C-GS A (pg 85) MT-C-GL A (pg 86) MT-C-GSP L (pg 87) MT-C-GSP T (pg 88)

● 2272066 ● 2272068 ● 2272069 ● 2272073 ● 2272074

MT-C-GLP T (pg 89) MT-C-GLP X A (pg 90) MT-C-GLP T A (pg 91) MT-C-GSP T A (pg 92) MT-C-GSP L A (pg 93)

● 2272075 ● 2332783 ● 2332784 ● 2332785 ● 2332786

MT-C-LDP L1 (pg 94) MT-C-T 3D/2/HL (pg 95)

● 2320180 ● 2320181

Installation System Material Finish:

● Electro-Galvanized (EG) ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 9
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT SPLICE CONNECTORS
MT-ES-40 (pg 96) MT-ES-60 (pg 97) MT-ES-70 (pg 98) MT-ES-90 (pg 99)

● 2272062 ● 2322415
● 2272078 ● 2272076
● 2272063 ● 2322416

MT T-BEAM CONNECTORS
MT-U-GL1 (pg 100)

● 2272070

MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS

MT-AB-A (pg 101) MT-AB-L 45 (pg 102) MT-AB-LL2 45 (pg 103) MT-AB-G T (pg 104) MT-B-GS AB (pg 105)

● 2346395 ● 2272113 ● 2272115

● 2272116 ● 2332787
● 2346396 ● 2272114 ● 2273585

MT-B-GL AB (pg 106)

● 2353811

Installation System Material Finish:

● Electro-Galvanized (EG) ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 10
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT BRACKETS
MT-BR-30 (pg 107) MT-BR-40 (pg 107) MT-BR-40D (pg 107) MT-BR-40 O4 (pg 107) MT-BR-40D O4 (pg 107)

● 2271442 (300 mm)

● 2271443 (300 mm)
● 2271288 (300 mm) ● 2271444 (450 mm) ● 2271448 (600 mm)
● 2271459 (600 mm)
● 2271289 (300 mm) ● 2271445 (450 mm) ● 2271449 (600 mm) ● 2271455 (600 mm)
● 2271461 (1000 mm)
● 2271440 (450 mm) ● 2271451 (600 mm) ● 2271450 (1000 mm) ● 2271456 (1000 mm)
● 2271287 (1500 mm)
● 2271441 (450 mm) ● 2271452 (600 mm) ● 2271453 (1000 mm)
● 2271446 (1000 mm)
● 2271447 (1000 mm)

MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES

MT-CC-30 (pg 111) MT-CC-40/50 (pg 112) MT-CC-40D (pg 113) MT-CC-70 (pg 114) MT-CT-H2 (pg 115)

● 2322429 ● 2322398 ● 2322405

● 2322427 ● 2322404
● 2322391 ● 2322399 ● 2322409

MT-CT-H5 (pg 116) MT-CT-T (pg 117) MT-CT-H4 (pg 118)

● 2322406 ● 2322407 ● 2322408

● 2322410 ● 2322411 ● 2322412

Installation System Material Finish:

● Electro-Galvanized (EG) ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 11
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT BEAM CLAMPS
MT-BC-GS T (pg 119) MT-BC-GXL T (pg 120) MQT-21-41 (pg 121) MQT-41-82 (pg 122) MQT-U (pg 123)

● 369675 ● 369676
● 2273587 ● 2273589 ● 2301108
● 304190 ● 304191

MT THREADED ROD CONNECTORS AND PIPE SADDLES

MT-CTR-GS (pg 124) MT-CTR-GL (pg 125) MT-C-PS (pg 126) MI-PSCU (pg 127) MI-PSU (pg 127)

● 2199851 (2") ● 2199861 (2")

● 2199852 (2-1/2") ● 2199862 (2-1/2")
● 2199853 (3") ● 2199863 (3")
● 2199854 (3-1/2") ● 2199864 (3-1/2")
● 2343196 (5/8")
● 2332791 (1/2") ● 2332794 (1/2") ● 2199855 (4") ● 2199865 (4")
● 2343197 (7/8")
● 2332792 (5/8") ● 2332795 (5/8") ● 2199856 (5") ● 2199866 (5")
● 2343198 (1 1/4")
● 2199857 (6") ● 2199867 (6")
● 2199858 (8") ● 2199868 (8")
● 2199859 (10") ● 2199869 (10")
● 2199860 (12") ● 2199870 (12")

Installation System Material Finish:

● Electro-Galvanized (EG) ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 12
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT MEDIA INTERFACE
MT-FA-G (pg 129) MT-FPS-GS (pg 131) MP-UB (pg 134) MP-US (pg 136)

● 2273681 (3/8")
● 2273682 (1/2")
● 2288426 (1-1/2") ● 2288314 (3/8")
● 2273683 (5/8") ● 2273702
● 2288427 (2") ● 2288315 (1/2")
● 2273684 (7/8")
● 2288428 (2-1/2") ● 2288316 (3/4")
● 2273685 (1")
● 2288429 (3") ● 2288317 (1")
● 2288430 (3-1/2") ● 2288318 (1-1/4")
MT-FPS-GL (pg 132) MT-SP (pg 133) ● 2288431 (4") ● 2288319 (1-1/2")
● 2288432 (5") ● 2288370 (2")
● 2288433 (6") ● 2288371 (2-1/2")
● 2288434 (8") ● 2288372 (3")
● 2288435 (10") ● 2288373 (3-1/2")
● 2288436 (12") ● 2288374 (4")
● 2288437 (14") ● 2288950 (5")
● 2288438 (16") ● 2288376 (6")
● 2273701 ● 2368807 ● 2288439 (18") ● 2288377 (8")
● 2288311 (20") ● 2288378 (10")
● 2288313 (24") ● 2288379 (12")

MT LOAD DISTRIBUTION PLATES

MT-B-LDP S (pg 138) MT-B-LDP ME (pg 139)

● 2320182 ● 2328319

MT MODULAR PLATES
MT-P-G S1 (pg 140) MT-P-G S2 (pg 141) MT-P-G S3 (pg 142)

● 2343199 ● 2343280 ● 2343281

● 2345353 ● 2345354 ● 2345355

Installation System Material Finish:

● Uncoated ● Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

2023 13
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

MODULAR SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE

MT ACCESSORIES AND END CAPS
MT-EC-20 (pg 143) MT-EC-30 (pg 143) MT-EC-40/50 (pg 143) MT-EC-60 (pg 143) MT-EC-70 (pg 144)

● 2282197 ● 2273642 ● 2273643 ● 2273644 ● 2273697

MT-EC-80 (pg 144) MT-EC-90 (pg 144) MT-EC-100 (pg 144)

● 2273698 ● 2273699 ● 2273700

Installation System Material Finish:

● Uncoated

2023 14
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PUBLISHED LOAD VALUES 1.4 UNITS

Technical data herein is current as of the date of publication. Technical data is provided in both Imperial and Metric units.
Load values are based on testing, finite element analysis, and Metric values provided herein use the International System of
analytical calculations. Information on how technical data is units (SI) in observance of the Metric Conversion Act of 1975
evaluated for the purposes of this Technical Guide is provided as amended by the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act
in Section 2.2. When using the published load values in this of 1988. MT connector dimensions are provided in both SI
Technical Guide, the specific application must always be units and Imperial units.
checked for feasibility by the Design Professional.

Requests for additional information on Hilti Modular Support 1.5 OUR PURPOSE
Systems beyond the scope of this Technical Guide may be We make construction better!
submitted to Hilti Technical Services.
Customer Promise
We strive to be your best partner for productivity, safety, and
For information regarding updates and changes, please
Regulations for SQS services and warranty
sustainability. m
contact Hilti, Inc. (US) Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337
or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458. Productivity
In how our customers perform their work and run their
business.
1.2 APPROVALS/LISTINGS 3.5 Use of the SQS warranty mark
Safety
Many Hilti Modular Support System products have listings During
For our customers and for the the
end user validity
of the building.and within the
or approvals such as International Code Council Evaluation SQS certificate / assessment, the ow
Services Reports (ICC-ES ESR’s). Listings and approvals are
Sustainability
the corresponding warranty mark
At Hilti and for our customers.
provided by independent third parties who evaluate products
based on model building codes or various jurisdictional Management System» and the «S
requirements. Product listings and approvals indicate that a
1.6 OUR QUALITY mentSYSTEM
System» and its translation.
product has been tested and evaluated based on a specific Hilti is one of a select group of North American companies
acceptance or test criteria. anagem
to receive the ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 eCertifications.
dM en
fi
This recognition of our commitment to quality assures our
rt
i

tS
SQS Ce

Not all technical data contained in this document is based on customers that Hilti has the systems and procedures in place

y st e
a published approval or listing. Hilti may publish additional to maintain our position as the world market leader and to

m
data beyond that contained in a report, e.g. for applications continually evaluate and improve our performance.
outside the scope of an available test criteria.
For Technical Support, contact:
Approvals and listings have been indicated in the Modular
Support Systems Technical Guide for reference. Acceptance Hilti, Inc. (US)
If the owner uses the warranty ma
of the product listings or approvals is subject to the Authority 1-877-749-6337
Having Jurisdiction over the project. standard models (e.g. ISO 9001 / ISO
Hilti (Canada) Corporation derlying the SQS certification / asses
It is important for the Design professional to determine if 1-800-363-4458 in the empty lower arc of the warra
the application or conditions expected for the project are
included in the scope of the approval or listing. anagem
dM en
f ie
i
rt

tS

1.3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE (IFU)

SQS Ce

y st e
m

Tabulated technical data for all profiles and connectors in this

Technical Guide is based on following the Instructions For
O
IS

01

90 0
Use (IFU), packaged with each product, for special installation 01 / ISO 14
parameters and additional hardware required.

No modification of the warranty

allowed.
2023 15
The warranty mark may be used in
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY

2.1 BENEFITS AND APPLICATIONS OF MT

One Integrated System Flexible Cable Tray

Hilti’s MT system is your solution to nearly • Easier to install, reconfigure, and

all of your modular support structures, extend.
covering applications ranging from cable • More efficient design to satisfy “as
trays, piping supports, overhead grids, and built” tolerances.
multi-trade racks. • One integrated portfolio to cover
light-duty to heavy-duty support Piping
The MT portfolio allows components to configurations.
be bolted together quickly and efficiently
to provide support for your applications. Efficient
Because welding is not required, • Faster and more consistent installation
installation work can be done in flame with the SIW-AT module.
and gas sensitive areas. Whether your • Faster and easier on-site installation
application needs are simple or complex, requires no specialized labor. Mechanical
the MT system has you covered. • No welding means less downtime
and hot work permit for constructing
The Hilti MT Support System helps reduce supports.
planning and installation time. Because
each piece is lightweight and generally Economical
reconfigurable, there is no need for heavy
• All parts are re-adjustable in the field. Multi-Trade Supports
equipment. As such, the system helps
• One MT connector can have multiple
reduce waste, adding to the overall system
applications, saving component and
efficiency and savings to your bottom line.
installation cost.
• Up to 50% lighter than equivalent
The MT portfolio is designed to be
welded systems, less special lifting
complementary to the full range of MT
equipment required.
open (angles and channels) and closed
• No welding with a Hilti Modular System
(girders) profiles.
means avoiding potentially high
welding costs.

Safe
• Connection mechanism with reinforced
dome holes on MT girders.
• Cutting-edge corrosion resistance with
the use of Zinc Magnesium Coating.

2023 16
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY

2.1 BENEFITS AND APPLICATIONS OF MT (CONTINUED)

Angle Profiles Open Channel Profiles Closed Girder Profiles Brackets

MT angles (MT-10 and MT-15) are Open channels (MT-20, MT-30, Closed MT profiles (MT-70, MT-80, MT brackets of various sizes and
ultra-light profiles that are used MT-50, and MT-60) may be used for a MT-90, and MT-100), or “girders”, are lengths act as cantilevered beams.
primarily for light-duty trapeze wide range of light-duty to medium- used for heavy-duty applications. With 2-hole and 4-hole base plate
applications. In such applications, duty applications. Channels can be The closed shape of these profiles options, MT brackets can anchor to
MT angles are installed in a used as beams or columns. While results in a greater cross-sectional concrete, attach to MT channels and
horizontal orientation and supported these members can resist bending, area compared to similarly sized girders, or directly fasten to steel.
vertically by threaded rods with shear, and compression, they are not channels and, accordingly, yields
nuts. Note: MT connectors are not recommended for use with torsional significantly higher capacities in
intended for use with angle profiles. loading. MT open channels have full bending, shear, compression, and
2D and 3D connectivity capabilities torsion. Reinforced holes along each
with MT connectors. girder face provide greater contact
area for thread forming with the
MT Thread Forming Bolt (MT-TFB)
connection mechanism.

Connection Mechanisms Base/Girder Connectors Steel Connectors Concrete Connectors

The twist-lock mechanism (MT- Many of the connectors in the MT Connections to steel are made using MT connector base plates can
TL with MT-TLB) may be installed portfolio may be used as either base robust beam clamps and innovative be anchored to concrete using a
anywhere along the open face of connectors or as system connectors direct fastening technology (X-BT/ variety of Hilti anchors. Choose from
MT channels. Once installed, a high (to MT channels or girders via S-BT/F-BT). The base plates are mechanical and chemical anchors
shear capacity is then made possible MT-TFB). Using bolt holes in the MT designed to cover a large range of according to loading and base
by the innovative twist-lock (MT-TL) channels and girders that interlock standard steel profiles with flange material conditions.
and its “On-The-Spot” serration. with the clouded and slotted holes widths up to 12". Girder clamping
Hilti MT-TFB Thread Forming Bolts in the connectors, MT systems accommodates steel profiles with
securely connect to closed profiles are adjustable up to 1" on the first flange widths greater than 12".
(girders) without the need for nuts or installation, and can be fine adjusted
additional washers, as the washer by 3/16".
is integrated within the head of the
MT-TFB. During installation, a robust
thread is formed within the reinforced
girder hole, minimizing the risk of
thread stripping.

Channel Connectors

MT channel connectors, when

used in combination with the twist-
lock mechanism, act as system
connectors between channel profiles.
Many of these connectors can be
installed in a variety of configurations.

2023 17
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY

2.2 EVALUATIONS OF TECHNICAL DATA

All technical data provided in this Technical Guide is based For allowable strength design (ASD), the allowable strength
on analytical calculations, finite element analysis, or testing value, Ra, is then computed as follows:
by Hilti or by contracted testing laboratories using testing Rn
procedures and construction materials representative of Ra =
Ω
current practice in North America. Published loads are
provided for independent loading directions. The design The safety factor, Ω, is derived from the following equation:
professional shall consider appropriate interaction equations 1.6
Ω=
when loading is applied in multiple directions. ϕ
Where the resistance factor, Φ:
Analytical Calculations
ϕ = Cϕ(MmFmPm)e -βo VM + VF + CPVP + VQ
2 2 2 2

Analytical calculations based on the provisions of

AISI S100-16 (for USA) and CSA S136-16 (for Canada) And:
are permitted for determining the load capacities of CΦ = Calibration coefficient
cold-formed steel members. Mm = Mean value of material factor
Fm = Mean value of fabrication factor
Finite Element Analysis Pm = Mean value of professional factor
In accordance with AISI S100-16/CSA S136-16, rational e = Natural logarithmic base
engineering analysis based on appropriate theory and βo = Target reliability index
engineering judgment is permitted as an alternative to VM = Coefficient of variation of material factor
testing and analytical methods for obtaining design load VF = Coefficient of variation of fabrication factor
data. Accordingly, finite element analyses were performed to CP = Correction factor
derive the technical data for several connector components VP = Coefficient of variation of test results
contained herein. VQ = Coefficient of variation of load effect

The correlation coefficient, Cc:

Testing
n Σ Rt,i Rn,i - (Σ Rt,i) (Σ Rn,i)
In accordance with AISI S100-16/CSA S136-16 Chapter K,
Cc =
data based solely on tests represents the average results of n(Σ Rt,i2) - (Σ Rt,i)2 n(Σ Rn,i2) - (Σ Rn,i)2
at least three identical specimens, provided that no individual
test result deviates from the average value of all tests by more
Where:
than 15 percent. Once an average value of all acceptable tests
made is determined, a nominal strength, Rn, for the series of n = Number of tests
tests is obtained. The coefficient of variation, VP, of the test Rt,i = Tested strength (resistance) of test i
results is then determined by statistical analysis. Rn,i = Calculated nominal strength (resistance) of test i
per rational engineering analysis model
Data based on rational engineering analysis with confirmatory
tests is based on a minimum of three tests. A correlation
coefficient, Cc, based on the tested strength, Rt, is compared
to the nominal strength, Rn, predicted from rational
engineering analysis models. The correlation between Cc and
Rt, must be greater than or equal to 0.80.

2023 18
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY

2.3 INFORMATION ON ADJUSTABILITY OF MT COMPONENTS

The MT System, as with all Hilti modular installation systems, Thread Forming Bolt (MT-TFB)
is designed for a single permanent installation. A single
Connection Mechanism
permanent installation is achieved with the following: the
assembly process is complete, the system is subjected to
the final in-use conditions, and the expected design loads
are applied to the structure. It may remain in this use for as
long as the expected lifespan, with due adherence to project-
specific inspection and maintenance requirements. It is not
designed to be completely disassembled and then rebuilt or
re-purposed, as the use conditions of the original structure
may have changed over time (e.g. applied loads, impact,
corrosion attack, product modifications etc.). Any reuse of the The MT-TFB forms a thread into the reinforced hole of the MT
MT System beyond a single permanent installation is at the girder during assembly. After assembly, the MT-TFB may be
risk of the customer. subsequently removed to enable positional adjustments of
connectors. Once this thread has been formed, so long as
Twist-Lock (MT-TL) Connection Mechanism the thread remains intact (e.g. it is not cross threaded), the
threaded hole can be used up to four additional times (five
in total). A torque-controlled wrench is recommended when
reusing a reinforced MT girder hole. Reuse of the MT-TFB
is possible but should be limited to five re-uses. Any reuse
beyond this limit could lead to degradation of the tip of the
bolt, thereby negatively impacting its performance.

If a customer is uncertain how many times a reinforced hole in

an MT girder has been used, then a fresh hole should be used
for installation. Likewise, a new MT-TFB should be used if it is
unknown the number of times it has been used previously.

The Twist-Lock interface is designed for a single permanent The upper limit of five uses for a single MT-TFB for MT girder
installation. However, during assembly, the Twist-Lock may be connections may be extended if the Hilti Adaptive Torque
repositioned as necessary until final installation is completed. Module (SI-AT-A22, in combination with the Hilti impact
Final installation is achieved when the Twist-Lock installation wrench SIW 6AT-A22) is used with the correct MT-TFB
torque in the Instructions For Use (IFU) is reached. parameter set (found via the QR code on the box of the
MT-TFB’s). An important feature of the Adaptive Torque
Repositioning the Twist-Lock can occur at any point along the Module is that it will indicate if the connection mechanism
MT channel length. Once the installation torque as defined in has been correctly set. If it determines the connection
the IFU has been applied to the Twist-Lock, its location can no mechanism has been correctly set, a green light will
longer be adjusted. A new Twist-Lock must be utilized for final illuminate, indicating the correct amount of pre-tensioning
installation in a new location. has been achieved. If a red light illuminates, then the
connection mechanism is not sufficient and should not be
used. Refer to the product documentation for the Adaptive
Torque Module for additional guidance.

2023 19
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

2.0 MODULAR SUPPORT TECHNOLOGY

2.4 CORROSION
The following is an overview of typical finishes used on Hilti Outdoor Coating (OC)
MT products. For more detailed information from Hilti on
The Hilti MT OC System for outdoor applications has been
material finishes and corrosion protection, please consult
developed with various corrosion protection technologies and
the Hilti Corrosion Handbook which can be found under the
consists of two finishes: Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) and
Documents section for MT portfolio items on Hilti Online.
Zinc Magnesium (ZM). The Hilti OC is intended primarily for
use in environments considered Outdoor with low pollution.
For more corrosive environments, additional protection may
CORROSION be required. The proper amount of corrosion protection
HANDBOOK for a given application should always be assessed by the
12/2021

Design professional to ensure products meet the project

requirements.

Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

Component parts such as base plates and system connectors
have zinc coatings applied by the hot-dipped galvanizing
(HDG) process in accordance with the ASTM A153M Standard.
On hot dipped galvanized parts, the zinc coating process
occurs after cold forming and punching. The parts are
pretreated, pickled, and then dipped into tanks of molten zinc.
HDG provides increased corrosion resistance compared to
Electro-Galvanized (EG) PG and EG finishes. HDG conforms to ASTM A153/A153M
Electro-Galvanized, or zinc plated, bonds a minimum 0.5 mil galvanizing as stated on the product sheet for beams,
zinc coating to carbon steel through an electrolysis process. connectors, bases, splices, and fasteners. Suitability of a HDG
Most Hilti MT connectors and miscellaneous hardware are finish for a product must be assessed for each project.
available with an electro-galvanized finish. This coating is in
accordance with DIN EN ISO 2081. Zinc Magnesium (ZM)
MT profiles such as strut, channels, and girders are coated
Pre-Galvanized (PG) with zinc-aluminum-magnesium alloy (ZM) by a continuous
Pre-Galvanized parts are manufactured by passing sheet hot-dip galvanizing process during the steel coil phase in
steel through a molten zinc bath. Afterwards, the sheets accordance with the EN 10346 Standard. On Zinc Magnesium
are cold-formed into applicable shaped profiles and slots parts, the process involves sheet metal coils that are drawn
are punched, hence the name “pre-galvanized". PG refers continuously through a bath of molten zinc after the surface
to pre-galvanized parts with punches slots and PGS refers has been cleaned and it is subjected to a special annealing
to solid strut. Surfaces of the punched and cut portions are process. In addition to zinc, the molten bath contains
partially protected by the adjacent zinc plating which acts Magnesium (Mg) and Aluminum (Al). The Aluminum reacts with
as a sacrificial anode impeding corrosion of the raw edges. the steel surface to create a layer with a thickness of 0.984
However, if corrosion remains a concern additional protection mils per side (1.02 ounces per square foot), which inhibits the
may be required. PG conforms to ISO EN 10346 galvanizing, formation of ZnFe phases. Hilti’s OC ZM processing conforms
with a Z275 thickness (0.787 mils thick or 0.77 ounces zinc per to the EN 10346 Galvanizing Standard.
square foot of steel).

2023 20
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1 MT PROFILES
Approvals / Listings

ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-5019 for Cold-Formed Steel per AISI S100-16/ICC-ES AC46
ELC-5019 for Cold-Formed Steel per CSA S136-16

ETA (European Technical Assessment) ETA-21/0414 for HILTI Installation Channels of MT System
ETA-21/1017 for HILTI Channel Connectors of MT System
ETA-21/1045 for HILTI Base Connectors of MT System
ETA-21/1046 for HILTI Angle Connectors of MT System
ETA-22/0194 for HILTI Saddle Nuts of MT System
ETA-22/0195 for HILTI Cantilevers of MT System

COLA (City of Los Angeles) 2023 LABC Supplement (within ESR-5019)

California Building Code 2022 California Building Code (CBC) Supplement (within ESR-5019)

Table 1 - MT Profile Material Specifications, Corrosion Protection, and Ordering Information

Length
Description Material Specifications 1,2 Type of Coating Finish Item No.
ft (m)
MT-10 EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 6’-6 3/4" (2) 2268492
MT-15 EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 6’-6 3/4" (2) 2268493
MT-15 OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 6’-6 3/4" (2) 2268494
MT-20 EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 6’-6 3/4" (2) 2268495
MT-20 OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 6’-6 3/4" (2) 2268496
MT-30 S EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 9’-10" (3) 2268497
MT-30 EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268498
MT-30 S OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268499
MT-30 OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268500
MT-50 S EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 9’-10" (3) 2268509
MT-50 EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268510
MT-50 S OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268511
MT-50 OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268512
MT-60 S EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 9’-10" (3) 2268513
MT-60 EN 10346 S280GD Indoor Pre-Galvanized 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268514
MT-60 S OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268515
MT-60 OC EN 10346 S280GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268516
MT-70 S OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268364
MT-70 OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268365
MT-80 S OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268366
MT-80 OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268367
MT-90 S OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268368
MT-90 OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268369
MT-100 S OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 9’-10" (3) 2268490
MT-100 OC EN 10346 S350GD Outdoor Zinc Magnesium 19’-8 1/4" (6) 2268491

1. Mechanical properties of EN 10346 Grade S280 GD meet or exceed the mechanical properties of ASTM A653/A1046 SS Grade 37.
2. Mechanical properties of EN 10346 Grade S350 GD meet or exceed the mechanical properties of ASTM A653/A1046 SS Grade 50 CI4.

2023 21
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1 MT PROFILES
Table 2 - MT Angle and Channel Profile Dimensions
MT-10 “)


“)
“) 
“) 


 [
“) “[“)
ੋ
mm (in) “)
mm (in)

MT-15, MT-15 OC
“)


“)
“) 
“) 


 [
“)
“[“)
ੋ
“)
mm (in) mm (in)

MT-20, MT-20 OC “)



“)

“)
“) 
 


“) [
“[“)

ੋ
 “)
mm (in) “) mm (in)

MT-30 S, MT-30, MT-30 S OC, “)


MT-30 OC
“)
“) 
“)

 [
“ x “)
 ੋ
“) “)


mm (in) “) mm (in)

MT-50 S, MT-50, MT-50 S OC, “)


MT-50 OC
“)

“)
“) ੋ
 “)

[
“ x “)

“)
ੋ
“)

mm (in) “)  mm (in)

MT-60 S, MT-60, MT-60 S OC, “)


MT-60 OC
“)

“) 
“) 

[
 “ x “)
“) ੋ
“)

mm (in) “)  mm (in)

2023 22
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1 MT PROFILES
Table 3 - MT Girder Profile Dimensions
MT-70 S OC, MT-70 OC
“)

“)
“) 



“)
ੋ 
“)
mm (in) mm (in)

MT-80 S OC, MT-80 OC (1-15/16“)

50
(1-15/16“)
50 50
(1/8“) (1-15/16“)
3

23x23
100 (7/8“ x 7/8“)
(3-15/16“)
∅10.9
(7/16“)
∅ 9.2
(3/8“)

mm (in) mm (in)

MT-90 S OC, MT-90 OC (1-15/16“) 50

50 (1-15/16“)
(3-15/16“)
100
(1/8“) 50
(1-15/16“)
3

100
(3-15/16“)

∅ 9.2
(3/8“)
mm (in) mm (in)

MT-100 S OC, MT-100 OC 50

(1-15/16“) 50 (1-15/16“)
(3-15/16“)
100
(3/16“) 50
4 (1-15/16“)
50
(1-15/16“)

150
(5-7/8“)

∅ 9.2
(3/8“)

mm (in) mm (in)

2023 23
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.1 CROSS-SECTION PROPERTIES OF MT PROFILES
Table 4 - Cross-Section Properties of MT Angle Profiles 1,3
MT-15
Description Symbol Units MT-10
MT-15 OC

Profile of cross-section - -

in 0.047 0.059
Design thickness t
(mm) (1.2) (1.5)
in 0.79 1.06
Width -
(mm) (20) (27)
in 1.02 1.38
Depth -
(mm) (26) (35)
lbs/ft 0.314 0.527
Weight w
(kg/m) (0.47) (0.78)
ksi 40.6 40.6
Minimum specified yield strength Fy
(MPa) (280) (280)
ksi 29,500 29,500
Modulus of elasticity E
(MPa) (203,400) (203,400)
Gross Section Properties 2
in2 0.092 0.155
Gross cross-sectional area Ag
(mm2) (59.62) (99.90)
in4 0.0114 0.0347
Moment of inertia of the gross section about x-axis Ix
(mm4) (4,765) (14,440)
in4 0.0063 0.0192
Moment of inertia of the gross section about y-axis Iy
(mm4) (2,630) (8,013)
in3 0.0168 0.0376
Gross section-modulus about x-axis Sx
(mm3) (275.1) (615.7)
in3 0.0112 0.0251
Gross section-modulus about y-axis Sy
(mm3) (183) (410.5)
in 0.352 0.473
Radius of gyration of the gross section about x-axis rx
(mm) (8.94) (12.0)
in 0.261 0.353
Radius of gyration of the gross section about y-axis ry
(mm) (6.64) (8.96)
Net Section Properties
in2 0.053 0.106
Net cross-sectional area An
(mm2) (34.42) (68.40)
in3 0.0135 0.0323
Net section-modulus about x-axis Sx
(mm3) (221.1) (528.8)
in3 0.0084 0.0207
Net section-modulus about y-axis Sy
(mm3) (138.2) (339.9)
in 0.398 0.517
Radius of gyration of the gross section about x-axis rx
(mm) (10.12) (13.14)
in 0.296 0.386
Radius of gyration of the gross section about y-axis ry
(mm) (7.53) (9.81)
1. Tabulated values are in accordance with AISI S100-16, the North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
2. Tabulated gross properties are based on the full unreduced cross section of the profiles, away from the punched holes and slots.
3. C.G. is center of gravity of the profile cross-section.

Trapeze Load Tables for MT Angle Profiles

Table 5 - Allowable Beam Loads1,2,4,5 Table 6 - Maximum Factored Beam Loads1,3,5

Max Factored Concentrated Load P, lbs (N) Max Factored Concentrated Load P, lbs (N)
Span Span
MT-10 MT-15 MT-10 MT-15
in (cm) in (cm)
Braced Unbraced Braced Unbraced Braced Unbraced Braced Unbraced
24 39 39 139 130 24 58 58 208 195
(61.0) (170) (170) (615) (575) (61.0) (255) (255) (925) (865)
48 19 18 69 69 48 28 27 103 103
(121.9) (80) (80) (305) (305) (121.9) (120) (120) (455) (455)
72 12 9 45 45 72 18 13 67 67
(182.9) (50) (40) (200) (200) (182.9) (80) (55) (295) (295)
1. Loads are based on AISI S100-16 and CSA S136-16, the North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
2. Safety Factor for flexure is 2.0.
3. Resistance Factor for flexure is 0.75.
4. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
5. Profile weight is accounted for in the tabulated load values.
2023 24
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.1 CROSS-SECTION PROPERTIES OF MT PROFILES
Table 7 - Cross-Section Properties of MT Channel Profiles 1,3,4,5
MT-30 S MT-50 S MT-60 S
MT-20 MT-30 MT-50 MT-60
Description Symbol Units
MT-20 OC MT-30 S OC MT-50 S OC MT-60 S OC
MT-30 OC MT-50 OC MT-60 OC

Profile of cross-section - -

in 0.069 0.079 0.108 0.108

Design thickness t
(mm) (1.75) (2) (2.75) (2.75)
in 1.10 1.67 1.67 1.67
Width -
(mm) (28) (42.5) (42.5) (42.5)
in 1.67 0.91 1.67 2.83
Depth -
(mm) (42.5) (23) (42.5) (72)
lbs/ft 0.84 1.1 1.97 2.83
Weight w
(kg/m) (1.25) (1.64) (2.93) (4.21)
ksi 40.6 40.6 40.6 40.6
Minimum specified yield strength Fy
(MPa) (280) (280) (280) (280)
ksi 29,500 29,500 29,500 29,500
Modulus of elasticity E
(MPa) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400)
Gross Section Properties 2
in2 0.291 0.322 0.583 0.834
Gross cross-sectional area Ag
(mm2) (187.59) (207.95) (376.02) (538.27)
in4 0.0489 0.0351 0.2033 0.7904
Moment of inertia of the gross section about x-axis Ix
(mm4) (20,349) (14,621) (84,619) (329,006)
in4 0.1272 0.1274 0.2611 0.4153
Moment of inertia of the gross section about y-axis Iy
(mm4) (52,943) (53,018) (108,670) (172,864)
in3 0.0742 0.067 0.2165 0.5146
Gross section-modulus about x-axis Sx
(mm3) (1,216) (1,098) (3,548) (8,432)
in3 0.152 0.1523 0.3121 0.4964
Gross section-modulus about y-axis Sy
(mm3) (2,491) (2,495) (5,114) (8,135)
in 0.41 0.33 0.591 0.973
Radius of gyration of the gross section about x-axis rx
(mm) (10.42) (8.39) (15) (24.72)
in 0.661 0.629 0.669 0.706
Radius of gyration of the gross section about y-axis ry
(mm) (16.8) (15.97) (17) (17.92)
Effective Section Properties
in4 0.0443 0.0327 0.2005 0.7802
Effective moment of inertia about x-axis Ix-eff
(mm4) (18,439) (13,594) (83,452) (324,725)
in4 0.0901 0.1264 0.2611 0.4153
Effective moment of inertia about y-axis Iy-eff
(mm4) (37,509) (52,608) (108,664) (172,858)
in3 0.0673 0.0623 0.2135 0.5079
Effective section modulus about x-axis at stress = Fy Sx-eff
(mm3) (1,102) (1,021) (3,499) (8,323)
in3 0.1077 0.1511 0.3121 0.4964
Effective section modulus about y-axis at stress = Fy Sy-eff
(mm3) (1,765) (2,476) (5,114) (8,135)
k-in 1.845 1.92 6.8 15.53
Allowable bending moment based on local buckling about x-axis (Ω b = 1.67) Ma-x
(kN m) (0.208) (0.216) (0.768) (1.755)
k-in 2.88 4.21 8.46 12.8
Allowable bending moment based on local buckling about y-axis (Ω b = 1.67) Ma-y
(kN m) (0.325) (0.476) (0.956) (1.446)
k-in 1.685 1.77 6.03 12.41
Allowable bending moment for distortional buckling about x-axis based on Kϕ= 0 (Ωb = 1.67) Mad-x
(kN m) (0.19) (0.199) (0.682) (1.402)
k-in 2.501 3.79 8.46 11.88
Allowable bending moment for distortional buckling about y-axis based on Kϕ= 0 (Ωb = 1.67) Mad-y
(kN m) (0.283) (0.428) (0.956) (1.342)
lbs 1,466 1,629 2,103 2,103
Allowable shear about x-axis (Ω v = 1.6) Va-x
(N) (6,516) (7,240) (9,348) (9,348)
lbs 1,735 1,416 4,205 8,036
Allowable shear about y-axis (Ω v = 1.6) Va-y
(N) (7,712) (6,295) (18,691) (35,720)
Torsional Section Properties 2
in4 0.0005 0.0007 0.0023 0.0033
St. Venant Torsional Constant J
(mm4) (191.50) (277.26) (947.89) (1,356.90)
in 6 0.0368 0.0323 0.1593 0.5991
Torsional Warping Constant Cw
(mm 6) (9,881,442) (8,685,395) (42,771,610) (160,884,400)
in
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal x-axis X0 0 0 0 0
(mm)
in 0.988 0.868 1.579 2.740
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal y-axis Y0
(mm) (25.1) (22.05) (40.11) (69.59)
in 0.60 0.45 0.90 1.50
Distance from shear center to centroid to mid-plane of web m
(mm) (15.1) (11.4) (22.9) (38.0)
in 1.258 1.122 1.814 2.992
Net polar radius of gyration about the shear center r0
(mm) (31.95) (28.49) (46.07) (76.00)
Coefficient for determining critical elastic lateral-torsional buckling stress β - 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2
1. Tabulated values are in accordance with ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI-S100-16, the North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
2. Tabulated gross properties, including torsional properties, are based on the full unreduced cross section of the profiles, away from the punched holes and slots.
3. For deflection calculations, use the effective moment of inertia.
4. Allowable moment is the lesser of Ma and Mad.
5. C.G. is the center of gravity of the profile cross-section.

2023 25
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.1 CROSS-SECTION PROPERTIES OF MT PROFILES
Table 8 - Cross-Section Properties of MT Girder Profiles 1,3,4,5
MT-70 S OC MT-80 S OC MT-90 S OC MT-100 S OC
Description Symbol Units
MT-70 OC MT-80 OC MT-90 OC MT-100 OC

Profile of cross-section - -

in 0.108 0.118 0.118 0.157

Design thickness t
(mm) (2.75) (3) (3) (4)
in 1.97 1.97 3.94 3.94
Width -
(mm) (50) (50) (100) (100)
in 1.97 3.94 3.94 5.91
Depth -
(mm) (50) (100) (100) (150)
lbs/ft 2.63 4.43 6.01 10.0
Weight w
(kg/m) (3.914) (6.593) (8.944) (14.882)
ksi 50.75 50.75 50.75 50.75
Minimum specified yield strength Fy
(MPa) (350) (350) (350) (350)
ksi 29,500 29,500 29,500 29,500
Modulus of elasticity E
(MPa) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400)
Gross Section Properties 2

in2 0.775 1.303 1.768 2.937

Gross cross-sectional area Ag
(mm2) (500.28) (840.82) (1140.80) (1894.80)
in4 0.4382 2.5576 4.2536 14.2854
Moment of inertia of the gross section about x-axis Ix
(mm4) (182,390) (1,064,540) (1,770,469) (5,946,036)
in4 0.4382 0.8663 4.2536 7.654
Moment of inertia of the gross section about y-axis Iy
(mm4) (182,390) (360,568) (1,770,469) (3,185,651)
in3 0.4452 1.2993 2.1608 4.838
Gross section-modulus about x-axis Sx
(mm3) (7,296) (21,291) (35,409) (79,280)
in3 0.4452 0.8801 2.1608 3.888
Gross section-modulus about y-axis Sy
(mm3) (7,296) (14,423) (35,409) (63,713)
in 0.752 1.401 1.551 2.205
Radius of gyration of the gross section about x-axis rx
(mm) (19.09) (35.58) (39.39) (56.02)
in 0.752 0.815 1.551 1.614
Radius of gyration of the gross section about y-axis ry
(mm) (19.09) (20.71) (39.39) (41)
Effective Section Properties
in4 0.4382 2.3832 3.8584 12.0259
Effective moment of inertia about x-axis Ix-eff
(mm4) (182,390) (991,957) (1,605,985) (5,005,546)
in4 0.4382 0.6451 3.8584 6.4751
Effective moment of inertia about y-axis Iy-eff
(mm4) (182,390) (268,521) (1,605,985) (2,695,127)
in3 0.4452 1.2107 1.9601 4.0728
Effective section modulus about x-axis at stress = Fy Sx-eff
(mm3) (7,296) (19,839) (32,120) (66,741)
in3 0.4452 0.6555 1.9601 3.2894
Effective section modulus about y-axis at stress = Fy Sy-eff
(mm3) (7,296) (10,741) (32,120) (53,903)
k-in 15.137 41.759 61.75 134.73
Allowable bending moment based on local buckling about x-axis (Ω b = 1.67) Ma-x
(kN m) (1.710) (4.718) (6.977) (15.222)
k-in 15.137 21.008 61.75 101.91
Allowable bending moment based on local buckling about y-axis (Ω b = 1.67) Ma-y
(kN m) (1.710) (2.374) (6.977) (11.514)
k-in
Allowable bending moment for distortional buckling about x-axis based on Kϕ= 0 (Ωb = 1.67) Mad-x N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
(kN m)
k-in
Allowable bending moment for distortional buckling about y-axis based on Kϕ= 0 (Ωb = 1.67) Mad-y N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
(kN m)
lbs 6,329 6,727 15,579 19,828
Allowable shear about x-axis (Ω v = 1.6) Va-x
(N) (28,132) (29,902) (69,249) (88,135)
lbs 6,329 12,723 15,579 31,631
Allowable shear about y-axis (Ω v = 1.6) Va-y
(N) (28,132) (56,554) (69,249) (140,600)
Torsional Section Properties 2

in4 0.7146 2.1217 6.6870 15.8713

St. Venant Torsional Constant J
(mm4) (297,456) (883,107) (2,783,333) (6,606,148)
in 6 0.00015 0.1693 0.0023 1.2794
Torsional Warping Constant Cw
(mm 6) (39,434) (45,468,000) (610,560) (343,560,000)
in
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal x-axis X0 0 0 0 0
(mm)
in
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal y-axis Y0 0 0 0 0
(mm)
in 1.063 1.621 2.193 2.733
Net polar radius of gyration about the shear center r0
(mm) (27.00) (41.17) (55.71) (69.42)
Coefficient for determining critical elastic lateral-torsional buckling stress β - 1 1 1 1
1. Tabulated values are in accordance with ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI-S100-16, the North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
2. Tabulated gross properties, including torsional properties, are based on the full unreduced cross section of the profiles, away from the punched holes and slots.
3. For deflection calculations, use the effective moment of inertia.
4. Allowable moment is the lesser of Ma and Mad.
5. C.G. is the center of gravity of the profile cross-section.

2023 26
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.1 CROSS-SECTION PROPERTIES OF MT PROFILES
Table 9 - Cross-Section Properties of MT Channel Profiles 1,3,4,5
MT-30 S MT-50 S MT-60 S
MT-20 MT-30 MT-50 MT-60
Description Symbol Units
MT-20 OC MT-30 S OC MT-50 S OC MT-60 S OC
MT-30 OC MT-50 OC MT-60 OC

Profile of cross-section - -

in 0.069 0.079 0.108 0.108

Design thickness t
(mm) (1.75) (2) (2.75) (2.75)
in 1.10 1.67 1.67 1.67
Width -
(mm) (28) (42.5) (42.5) (42.5)
in 1.67 0.91 1.67 2.83
Depth -
(mm) (42.5) (23) (42.5) (72)
lbs/ft 0.84 1.1 1.97 2.83
Weight w
(kg/m) (1.25) (1.64) (2.93) (4.21)
ksi 40.6 40.6 40.6 40.6
Minimum specified yield strength Fy
(MPa) (280) (280) (280) (280)
ksi 29,500 29,500 29,500 29,500
Modulus of elasticity E
(MPa) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400)
Gross Section Properties 2
in2 0.291 0.322 0.583 0.834
Gross cross-sectional area Ag
(mm2) (187.59) (207.95) (376.02) (538.27)
in4 0.0489 0.0351 0.2033 0.7904
Moment of inertia of the gross section about x-axis Ix
(mm4) (20,349) (14,621) (84,619) (329,006)
in4 0.1272 0.1274 0.2611 0.4153
Moment of inertia of the gross section about y-axis Iy
(mm4) (52,943) (53,018) (108,670) (172,864)
in3 0.0742 0.067 0.2165 0.5146
Gross section-modulus about x-axis Sx
(mm3) (1,216) (1,098) (3,548) (8,432)
in3 0.152 0.1523 0.3121 0.4964
Gross section-modulus about y-axis Sy
(mm3) (2,491) (2,495) (5,114) (8,135)
in 0.41 0.33 0.591 0.973
Radius of gyration of the gross section about x-axis rx
(mm) (10.42) (8.39) (15) (24.72)
in 0.661 0.629 0.669 0.706
Radius of gyration of the gross section about y-axis ry
(mm) (16.8) (15.97) (17) (17.92)
Effective Section Properties
in4 0.0443 0.0327 0.2005 0.7802
Effective moment of inertia about x-axis Ix-eff
(mm4) (18,439) (13,594) (83,452) (324,725)
in4 0.0901 0.1264 0.2611 0.4153
Effective moment of inertia about y-axis Iy-eff
(mm4) (37,509) (52,608) (108,664) (172,858)
in3 0.0673 0.0623 0.2135 0.5079
Effective section modulus about x-axis at stress = Fy Sx-eff
(mm3) (1,102) (1,021) (3,499) (8,323)
in3 0.1077 0.1511 0.3121 0.4964
Effective section modulus about y-axis at stress = Fy Sy-eff
(mm3) (1765) (2476) (5114) (8135)
k-in 2.77 2.88 10.22 23.34
Factored bending moment resistance based on local buckling about x-axis (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnl
(kN m) (0.313) (0.325) (1.15) (2.64)
k-in 4.33 6.33 12.71 19.24
Factored bending moment resistance based on local buckling about y-axis (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnl
(kN m) (0.489) (0.716) (1.436) (2.173)
k-in 2.53 2.66 9.06 18.65
Factored bending moment resistance for distortional buckling about x-axis based on Kφ= 0 (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnd
(kN m) (0.286) (0.300) (1.024) (2.107)
k-in 3.76 5.70 12.71 17.86
Factored bending moment resistance for distortional buckling about y-axis based on Kφ= 0 (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnd
(kN m) (0.425) (0.644) (1.436) (2.017)
lbs 1,877 2,085 2,691 2,692
Factored shear resistance about x-axis (ϕv = 0.8) ϕ v Vn
(N) (8,350) (9,274) (11,972) (11,975)
lbs 2,220 1,813 5,383 10,286
Factored shear resistance about y-axis (ϕv = 0.8) ϕ v Vn
(N) (9,871) (8,064) (23,944) (45,756)
Torsional Section Properties 2
in4 0.0005 0.0007 0.0023 0.0033
St. Venant Torsional Constant J
(mm4) (191.50) (277.26) (947.89) (1,356.90)
in 6 0.0368 0.0323 0.1593 0.5991
Torsional Warping Constant Cw
(mm 6) (9,881,442) (8,685,395) (42,771,610) (160,884,400)
in
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal x-axis X0 0 0 0 0
(mm)
in 0.988 0.868 1.579 2.740
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal y-axis Y0
(mm) (25.1) (22.05) (40.11) (69.59)
in 0.60 0.45 0.90 1.50
Distance from shear center to centroid to mid-plane of web m
(mm) (15.1) (11.4) (22.9) (38.0)
in 1.258 1.122 1.814 2.992
Net polar radius of gyration about the shear center r0
(mm) (31.95) (28.49) (46.07) (76.00)
Coefficient for determining critical elastic lateral-torsional buckling stress β - 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2
1. Tabulated values are in accordance with ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members
(using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
2. Tabulated gross properties, including torsional properties, are based on the full unreduced cross section of the profiles, away from the punched holes and slots.
3. For deflection calculations, use the effective moment of inertia.
4. Design moment capacity is taken as the lesser of Φ bMnl and Φ bMnd.
5. C.G. is the center of gravity of the profile cross-section.

2023 27
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.1 CROSS-SECTION PROPERTIES OF MT PROFILES
Table 10 - Cross-Section Properties of MT Girder Profiles 1,3,4
MT-70 S OC MT-80 S OC MT-90 S OC MT-100 S OC
Description Symbol Units
MT-70 OC MT-80 OC MT-90 OC MT-100 OC

Profile of cross-section - -

in 0.108 0.118 0.118 0.157

Design thickness t
(mm) (2.75) (3) (3) (4)
in 1.97 1.97 3.94 3.94
Width -
(mm) (50) (50) (100) (100)
in 1.97 3.94 3.94 5.91
Depth -
(mm) (50) (100) (100) (150)
lbs/ft 2.64 4.43 6.01 9.99
Weight w
(kg/m) (3.914) (6.593) (8.944) (14.882)
ksi 50.75 50.75 50.75 50.75
Minimum specified yield strength Fy
(MPa) (350) (350) (350) (350)
ksi 29,500 29,500 29,500 29,500
Modulus of elasticity E
(MPa) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400) (203,400)
Gross Section Properties 2

in2 0.775 1.303 1.768 2.937

Gross cross-sectional area Ag
(mm2) (500.28) (840.82) (1140.80) (1894.80)
in4 0.4382 2.5576 4.2536 14.2854
Moment of inertia of the gross section about x-axis Ix
(mm4) (182,390) (1,064,540) (1,770,469) (5,946,036)
in4 0.4382 0.8663 4.2536 7.654
Moment of inertia of the gross section about y-axis Iy
(mm4) (182,390) (360,568) (1,770,469) (3,185,651)
in3 0.4452 1.2993 2.1608 4.838
Gross section-modulus about x-axis Sx
(mm3) (7,296) (21,291) (35,409) (79,280)
in3 0.4452 0.8801 2.1608 3.888
Gross section-modulus about y-axis Sy
(mm3) (7,296) (14,423) (35,409) (63,713)
in 0.752 1.401 1.551 2.206
Radius of gyration of the gross section about x-axis rx
(mm) (19.09) (35.58) (39.39) (56.02)
in 0.752 0.815 1.551 1.614
Radius of gyration of the gross section about y-axis ry
(mm) (19.09) (20.71) (39.39) (41)
Effective Section Properties
in4 0.4382 2.3832 3.8584 12.0259
Effective moment of inertia about x-axis Ix-eff
(mm4) (182,390) (991,957) (1,605,985) (5,005,546)
in4 0.4382 0.6451 3.8584 6.4751
Effective moment of inertia about y-axis Iy-eff
(mm4) (182,390) (268,521) (1,605,985) (2,695,127)
in3 0.4452 1.2107 1.9601 4.0728
Effective section modulus about x-axis at stress = Fy Sx-eff
(mm3) (7,296) (19,839) (32,120) (66,741)
in3 0.4452 0.6554 1.9601 3.2893
Effective section modulus about y-axis at stress = Fy Sy-eff
(mm3) (7,296) (10,741) (32,120) (53,903)
k-in 22.75 62.76 92.81 216.03
Factored bending moment resistance based on local buckling about x-axis (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnl
(kN m) (2.571) (7.091) (10.49) (22.88)
k-in 22.75 31.58 92.81 153.16
Factored bending moment resistance based on local buckling about y-axis (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnl
(kN m) (2.571) (3.567) (10.49) (17.30)
k-in
Factored bending moment resistance for distortional buckling about x-axis based on Kφ= 0 (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnd N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
(kN m)
k-in
Factored bending moment resistance for distortional buckling about y-axis based on Kφ= 0 (ϕb = 0.9) ϕ bMnd N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
(kN m)
lbs 8,101 8,611 19,941 25,380
Factored shear resistance about x-axis (ϕv = 0.8) ϕ v Vn
(N) (36,036) (38,304) (88,704) (112,896)
lbs 8,101 16,285 19,941 40,488
Factored shear resistance about y-axis (ϕv = 0.8) ϕ v Vn
(N) (36,036) (72,439) (88,704) (180,096)
Torsional Section Properties 2

in4 0.7146 2.1217 6.6870 15.8713

St. Venant Torsional Constant J
(mm4) (297,456) (883,107) (2,783,333) (6,606,148)
in 6 0.00015 0.1693 0.0023 1.2794
Torsional Warping Constant Cw
(mm 6) (39,434) (45,468,000) (610,560) (343,560,000)
in
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal x-axis X0 0 0 0 0
(mm)
in
Distance from the centroid to the shear center along the principal y-axis Y0 0 0 0 0
(mm)
in 1.063 1.621 2.193 2.733
Net polar radius of gyration about the shear center r0
(mm) (27.00) (41.17) (55.71) (69.42)
Coefficient for determining critical elastic lateral-torsional buckling stress β - 1 1 1 1
1. Tabulated values are in accordance with ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members
(using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
2. Tabulated gross properties, including torsional properties, are based on the full unreduced cross section of the profiles, away from the punched holes and slots.
3. For deflection calculations, use the effective moment of inertia.
4. C.G. is the center of gravity of the profile cross-section.

2023 28
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES
Beam Design Fundamentals Support Conditions
Hilti modular support system profiles may be used in a wide A “simply-supported" beam is a single-span beam, supported at
variety of beam applications. Beams are structural elements its ends, whose supports restrain translation (lateral movement)
that resist applied loads perpendicular to their length. in the 3 orthogonal directions as well as twisting about the
beam’s longitudinal axis, but do not restrain bending moments.
Beams must be designed for shear, flexure (bending), torsion,
and deflection. In some cases, beams may be subjected to an
axial load that acts concurrently with the applied perpendicular
loads, and the member must be accordingly designed for the
combined effects of bending and compression. Examples of
typical load, shear, and moment diagrams for beams are shown A “fixed-end" beam is a single-span beam, supported at its
on page 31. Per AISI S100-16/CSA S136-16, cold-formed steel ends, whose supports restrain translation and rotation (bending
beams, which typically consist of highly customized profiles and twisting moments) in the 3 orthogonal directions. Several
with very slender elements, must be designed for the effects of Hilti MT connectors allow for moment resistance which can be
local buckling, distortional buckling, and for yielding and global used to simulate a “fixed-end" beam.
buckling. Additionally, local buckling interacting with yielding
and global buckling must be checked. The load values given in
the beam tables in this technical guide represent the controlling
load capacities for beams that are sufficiently laterally braced
with due consideration of these limit states. A fully braced beam
A “cantilevered" beam is a single-span beam, supported
is restrained against twisting about the beam’s longitudinal
at only end and free to translate and rotate at its other
axis as well as lateral movement perpendicular to the beam’s
(unsupported) end. The supported end of a “cantilevered"
longitudinal axis. For unbraced conditions, reductions must be
beam is considered a “fixed-end". MT brackets are examples
applied to the allowable loads per page 49.
of “cantilevered" beams.

Beam Loading
Beam load tables in this technical guide are based on a
“uniformly loaded" condition unless noted otherwise. Uniform
loads are distributed evenly along the length of the member.
Note that beam load tables in this technical guide are based
on a “simply-supported" beam span condition unless noted
otherwise. See page 32 for modification factors to be applied to
allowable load values for non-simply-supported span conditions.

See page 32 for modification factors to be applied to allowable Deflection

load values for non-uniform loading conditions.
Beam designs can often be governed by deflection limits
(serviceability). Beam deflections are computed based on the
magnitude and type of applied loading, the member’s length,
L, elastic modulus, E, moment of inertia about the axis under
consideration, I, and support conditions.

Allowable loads corresponding to deflection limits in this

technical guide are based on “simply-supported" and “uniformly
loaded" conditions. See page 32 for modification factors to be
applied to allowable load values for other conditions.

2023 29
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES
Column Design Fundamentals Column Support Conditions
Columns are structural elements that resist applied loads A column’s allowable load capacity depends considerably on
primarily in axial compression along their length. its support (end) conditions. Variations in support conditions
for a column are addressed via an Effective Length Factor,
A column’s capacity is based on its unbraced length (noted as K, which modifies a non-pinned-end column’s unbraced
“height" in load tables), support conditions, cross-sectional height to represent that of an equivalent pinned-end column.
properties, material properties, and load location (i.e. whether Accordingly, the K value for a pinned-end column is 1.0. See
applied at the column’s center of gravity or at the face of the the figure below for applicable K values to be used for certain
profile). column support conditions.

Column Unbraced Length

The unbraced length of a column represents the distance
between braced locations. Braced locations along a column
are restrained against lateral movement (perpendicular to
the length of the column). The larger the unbraced height
of a column, its ability to resist applied loads is decreased.
The tendency for a column to buckle about an axis under
consideration is highly dependent on its slenderness ratio,
KL/r, where K is the effective length factor (explained to the
right), L is the unbraced length of the column, and r is the
radius of gyration for the cross section. The AISI S100-16/
CSA S136-16 Specification recommends that such ratios not
exceed 200 for compression members. Buckling must be
considered in both principal directions for a column, with the
smaller buckling load controlling the design. Remember that
for members that are not doubly symmetric (e.g channels), the
radius of gyration will be different for each principal direction.

Column Loading - Concentric

A load applied at the center of gravity, C.G., of a column
cross section is considered concentric. Such a load does not
induce a bending moment in the column at the point of load
application.

Column Loading - Eccentric

A load applied away from the center of gravity, C.G., of a
column cross section is considered eccentric (e.g. a load at
the slotted face of an MT channel). Such a load induces a
bending moment in the column at the point of load application
and, consequently, results in a lower allowable column load
compared to a concentrically loaded condition. Columns
with higher slenderness ratios are particularly sensitive to
eccentrically applied axial loads.

2023 30
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES
Table 11 - Beam Load, Shear, and Moment Diagrams
Simply-Supported Beams

W 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 L/2 P L/2 𝑃𝑃 a

P
b
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 =
2 2 2
L
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 L 𝑃𝑃 L 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =
2 2 2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 V 𝑃𝑃 V
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
V 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
2 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 2
2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊2 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊2
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
8 4 8
M 5𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊4 M M
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃3 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃(𝑎𝑎 + 2𝑏𝑏)√3𝑎𝑎(𝑎𝑎 + 2𝑏𝑏)
𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
384𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 48𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 27𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸

Cantilever Beams
W 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 P 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = 𝑃𝑃 P 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = 𝑃𝑃
b a
𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃
𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃
L 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊2 L 𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 L
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
2 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃3
𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊4 V 3𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = (3𝐿𝐿 − 𝑏𝑏)
V 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = V 6𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
8𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸

M M
M

Beams Fixed at One End and Supported at the Other

W 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
5𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 P 11𝑃𝑃 P
𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = L/2 L/2 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = b a 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = (3𝑙𝑙 2 − 𝑎𝑎 2 )
8 16 2𝐿𝐿3
L 3𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 5𝑃𝑃 L 𝑃𝑃𝑏𝑏 2
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = L 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = (𝑎𝑎 + 2𝑙𝑙)
8 16 2𝐿𝐿3
5𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 11𝑃𝑃
V 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = V 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
8 V 16 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿 = (𝑎𝑎 + 𝐿𝐿)
2𝐿𝐿2
5L/8 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊2 3𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 3L/11
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 2
8 16 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = (3𝐿𝐿 − 𝑏𝑏)
M
6𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
M 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊4 M 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃3
184𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 = 0.00932
L/4 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸

Beams Fixed at Both Ends

W P 𝑃𝑃 P 𝑃𝑃𝑏𝑏 3
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 L/2 L/2 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = a b 𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = (3𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏)
𝑅𝑅𝐿𝐿 = 2 𝐿𝐿3
2
𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑎𝑎 3
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 L 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = L 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = (𝑎𝑎 + 3𝑏𝑏)
L 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 = 2
2 𝐿𝐿3
𝑃𝑃 2𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃2 𝑏𝑏2
5𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 V 𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = V
𝑉𝑉𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 2 𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑃𝑃 =
V 8 𝐿𝐿3
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊2 𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 8 𝑀𝑀𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
12 𝐿𝐿2
M 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃3 M
M 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊4 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 2𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃3 𝑏𝑏 2
𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 192𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝛥𝛥𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
384𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 3𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸(3𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏)2

W: Uniformly Distributed Load V: Shear P: Concentrated (Point) Load

L: Beam Span Length Vmax: Maximum Shear E: Modulus of Elasticity
RL: Reaction at Left End M: Moment I: Moment of Inertia
R R: Reaction at Right End Mmax: Maximum Moment max
: Maximum Deflection of Beam

2023 31
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES
Table 12 - Load and Deflection Factors for Beams
Span and Loading Condition Load Factor Deflection Factor

Simple Beam - Uniform Load 1.00 1.00

Simple Beam - Concentrated Load at Mid-span 0.50 0.80

Simple Beam - Two Equal Concentrated Loads

1.00 1.10
at 1/4 Points

Beam Fixed at Both Ends - Uniform Load 1.50 0.30

Beam Fixed at Both Ends - Concentrated Load at Mid-span 1.00 0.40

Cantilever Beam - Uniform Load 0.25 2.40

Cantilever Beam - Concentrated Load at End 0.12 3.20

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans, Uniform Load

1.3 0.92
on One Span

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans, Uniform Load on

1.00 0.42
Both Spans

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans, Concentrated Load at

0.62 0.71
Center of One Span

Continuous Beam - Two Equal Spans, Concentrated Load at

0.67 0.48
Center of Both Spans

The allowable beam load tables in this technical guide are for single-span supported beams with uniform loading. Common arrangements of other load and
support conditions are shown in the above table. Loads and deflections for these conditions can be determined by multiplying the load value from the tables by
the given load and deflection factors. Additional reduction factors for unbraced beam lengths may apply per the tables on page 49.

EXAMPLE 1) EXAMPLE 2)
Determine the maximum allowable load and deflection for Determine the maximum allowable load and deflection for
an MT-50 fully braced cantilever beam with a concentrated a two-span MT-70 fully braced continuous beam that is
load at the unsupported end. uniformly loaded on one span.
SOLUTION: SOLUTION:
1. Allowable load and deflection for an MT-50 with a 48" 1. Allowable load and deflection for an MT-70 with a 48"
span from Table 19 on Page 35 is 1,000 lbs and 0.24". span from Table 25 on Page 37 is 2,520 lbs and 0.28".
2. Multiply by factors from above table: 2. Multiply by factors from above table:
Load = (1,000 lbs -1.97 x 4) x 0.12 = 119 lbs Load = (2,520 lbs -2.64 x 4) x 1.3 = 3,260 lbs
Deflection = 0.24" x 3.20 = 0.77" Deflection = 0.28" x 0.92 = 0.26"

2023 32
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 13 - MT-20 Allowable Beam Loads: Table 14 - MT-20 Allowable Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Allowable At Max Allowable At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
12 1,115 0.02 1,115 1,115 1,115 12 1,665 0.01 1,665 1,665 1,665
(30.5) (4,955) (0.05) (4,955) (4,955) (4,955) (30.5) (7,405) (0.04) (7,405) (7,405) (7,405)
24 555 0.08 555 555 480 24 830 0.06 830 830 830
(61.0) (2,465) (0.20) (2,465) (2,465) (2,135) (61.0) (3,690) (0.14) (3,690) (3,690) (3,690)
36 370 0.17 370 320 215 36 555 0.13 555 555 435
(91.4) (1,645) (0.44) (1,645) (1,420) (955) (91.4) (2,465) (0.32) (2,465) (2,465) (1,930)
48 275 0.31 240 180 120 48 415 0.23 415 365 245
(121.9) (1,220) (0.78) (1,065) (800) (530) (121.9) (1,850) (0.57) (1,850) (1,620) (1,085)
60 220 0.48 150 115 75 60 330 0.35 315 235 155
(152.4) (975) (1.22) (665) (510) (330) (152.4) (1,465) (0.90) (1,400) (1,045) (685)
72 185 0.69 105 80 50 72 275 0.51 215 160 105
(182.9) (820) (1.76) (465) (355) (220) (182.9) (1,220) (1.29) (955) (710) (465)

Table 15 - MT-20 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9

Notes:
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
Allowable
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Unbraced Load at
Height Channel 2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
12 1,750 4,370 4,370 4,370 4,370 other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
(30.5) (7,780) (19,435) (19,435) (19,435) (19,435) deflection modification factors.
24 1,700 4,370 4,370 4,290 3,710 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
(61.0) (7,560) (19,435) (19,435) (19,080) (16,500) Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
36 1,550 4,370 3,710 2,960 2,360 reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
(91.4) (6,890) (19,435) (16,500) (13,165) (10,495)
48 1,350 3445 2,745 2,060 1655 5. Profile weight, 0.84 lbs/ft (12.26 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
(121.9) (6,005) (15,320) (12,210) (9,160) (7,360) beam load values.
60 1,105 2,695 2,060 1,580 1,250 6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
(152.4) (4,915) (11,985) (9,160) (7,025) (5,560) Design (LRFD) values.
72 900 2,130 1,655 1,250 7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
**
(182.9) (4,000) (9,470) (7,360) (5,560)
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
9. Maximum allowable load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.

“)


“)

“)
“) 
 


“) [
“[“)

ੋ
 “) mm (in)
“)

2023 33
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 16 - MT-30 Allowable Beam Loads: Table 17 - MT-30 Allowable Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Allowable At Max Allowable At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 585 0.11 585 535 355 24 1,260 0.06 1,260 1,260 1,260
(61.0) (2,602) (0.28) (2,602) (2,375) (1,575) (61.0) (5,605) (0.15) (5,605) (5,605) (5,605)
36 390 0.25 315 235 155 36 840 0.14 840 840 610
(91.4) (1,735) (0.63) (1,400) (1,045) (685) (91.4) (3,736) (0.35) (3,736) (3,736) (2,710)
48 290 0.44 175 130 85 48 630 0.24 630 515 345
(121.9) (1,290) (1.12) (775) (575) (375) (121.9) (2,802) (0.62) (2,802) (2,290) (1,530)
60 235 0.69 110 85 55 60 505 0.38 440 330 220
(152.4) (1,045) (1.74) (485) (375) (240) (152.4) (2,246) (0.97) (1,955) (1,465) (975)
72 195 0.99 75 55 35 72 420 0.55 305 230 150
(182.9) (867) (2.51) (330) (240) (155) (182.9) (1,868) (1.39) (1,355) (1,020) (665)
84 165 1.35 55 40 84 360 0.75 225 165 110
-
(213.4) (734) (3.42) (240) (175) (213.4) (1,601) (1.90) (1,000) (730) (485)
96 145 1.76 40 30 96 315 0.98 170 125 85
-
(243.8) (645) (4.46) (175) (130) (243.8) (1,401) (2.48) (755) (555) (375)
108 130 2.22 35 108 280 1.24 135 100 65
- -
(274.3) (578) (5.65) (155) (274.3) (1,245) (3.14) (600) (440) (285)
120 115 2.75 120 250 1.52 110 80 55
- - -
(304.8) (512) (6.97) (304.8) (1,112) (3.87) (485) (355) (240)
144 95 3.95 144 210 2.20 75 55 35
- - -
(365.8) (423) (10.04) (365.8) (934) (5.58) (330) (240) (155)
168 80 5.38 168 180 2.99 55 40
- - - -
(426.7) (356) (13.67) (426.7) (801) (7.59) (240) (175)
192 70 7.03 192 155 3.90 40 30
- - - -
(487.7) (311) (17.85) (487.7) (689) (9.91) (175) (130)
216 65 8.89 216 140 4.94 30
- - - - -
(548.6) (289) (22.59) (548.6) (623) (12.55) (130)
240 55 10.98 240 125 6.10
- - - - - -
(609.6) (245) (27.89) (609.6) (556) (15.49)

Table 18 - MT-30 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9

Notes:
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
Allowable
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Unbraced Load at
Height Channel 2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
24 2,280 6,045 5,600 5,020 4,485 other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
(61.0) (10,140) (26,885) (24,910) (22,330) (19,950) deflection modification factors.
36 1,860 5,090 4,485 3,415 2,455 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
(91.4) (8,270) (22,640) (19,950) (15,190) (10,920) Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
48 1,385 4,120 3,080 1,985 1,380 reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
(121.9) (6,160) (18,325) (13,700) (8,825) (6,135)
60 1,055 2,995 1,985 1,270 5. Profile weight, 1.1 lbs/ft (16.09 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
** beam load values.
(152.4) (4,690) (13,320) (8,825) (5,645)
72 820 2,090 1,380 6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
** **
(182.9) (3,645) (9,295) (6,135) Design (LRFD) values.
84 1,535 7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
** ** ** **
(213.4) (6,825)
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
96 1,175
** ** ** ** 9. Maximum allowable load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.
(243.8) (5,225)
108
** ** ** ** **
(274.3) “)
120 
** ** ** ** **
(304.8)
144 “)
** ** ** ** **
(365.8) “) 
“)

 [
“ x “)
 ੋ
“) “)
mm (in)

“)
2023 34
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 19 - MT-50 Allowable Beam Loads: Table 20 - MT-50 Allowable Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Allowable At Max Allowable At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 2,005 0.06 2,005 2,005 2,005 24 2,840 0.07 2,840 2,840 2,840
(61.0) (8,915) (0.16) (8,915) (8,915) (8,915) (61.0) (12,630) (0.17) (12,630) (12,630) (12,630)
36 1,335 0.14 1,335 1,335 970 36 1,895 0.15 1,895 1,895 1,265
(91.4) (5,935) (0.35) (5,935) (5,935) (4,310) (91.4) (8,425) (0.38) (8,425) (8,425) (5,625)
48 1,000 0.24 1,000 820 545 48 1,420 0.26 1,420 1,065 710
(121.9) (4,445) (0.62) (4,445) (3,645) (2,420) (121.9) (6,315) (0.67) (6,315) (4,735) (3,155)
60 800 0.38 700 525 350 60 1,135 0.41 910 680 455
(152.4) (3,555) (0.97) (3,110) (2,335) (1,555) (152.4) (5,045) (1.04) (4,045) (3,020) (2,020)
72 665 0.55 485 365 240 72 945 0.59 630 475 315
(182.9) (2,955) (1.40) (2,155) (1,620) (1,065) (182.9) (4,200) (1.50) (2,800) (2,110) (1,400)
84 570 0.75 355 265 175 84 810 0.81 465 345 230
(213.4) (2,535) (1.90) (1,575) (1,175) (775) (213.4) (3,600) (2.05) (2,065) (1,530) (1,020)
96 500 0.98 270 205 135 96 710 1.05 355 265 175
(243.8) (2,220) (2.49) (1,200) (910) (600) (243.8) (3,155) (2.66) (1,575) (1,175) (775)
108 445 1.24 215 160 105 108 630 1.33 280 210 140
(274.3) (1,975) (3.15) (955) (710) (465) (274.3) (2,800) (3.38) (1,245) (930) (620)
120 400 1.53 175 130 85 120 565 1.64 225 170 110
(304.8) (1,775) (3.88) (775) (575) (375) (304.8) (2,510) (4.16) (1,000) (755) (485)
144 330 2.20 120 90 60 144 470 2.35 155 115 75
(365.8) (1,465) (5.59) (530) (400) (265) (365.8) (2,090) (5.96) (685) (510) (330)
168 285 3.00 85 65 40 168 405 3.21 115 85 55
(426.7) (1,265) (7.61) (375) (285) (175) (426.7) (1,800) (8.14) (510) (375) (240)
192 250 3.91 65 50 30 192 355 4.19 85 65 40
(487.7) (1,110) (9.94) (285) (220) (130) (487.7) (1,575) (10.64) (375) (285) (175)
216 220 4.95 50 40 216 315 5.28 70 50 35
-
(548.6) (975) (12.58) (220) (175) (548.6) (1,400) (13.41) (310) (220) (155)
240 200 6.12 40 30 240 280 6.54 55 40
- -
(609.6) (885) (15.53) (175) (130) (609.6) (1,245) (16.62) (240) (175)

Table 21 - MT-50 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9

Notes:
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
Allowable
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Unbraced Load at
Height Channel 2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
24 4,400 11,010 10,180 8,720 7,600 other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
(61.0) (19,570) (48,970) (45,280) (38,785) (33,805) deflection modification factors.
36 3,360 8,865 7,600 6,160 4,995 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
(91.4) (14,945) (39,430) (33,805) (27,400) (22,215) Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
48 2,870 7,090 5,745 4,380 3,530 reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
(121.9) (12,765) (31,535) (25,555) (19,480) (15,700)
60 2,380 5,645 4,380 3,365 2,740 5. Profile weight, 1.97 lbs/ft (28.74 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
(152.4) (10,585) (25,110) (19,480) (14,965) (12,185) beam load values.
72 2,020 4,515 3,530 2,740 2,225 6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
(182.9) (8,985) (20,080) (15,700) (12,185) (9,895) Design (LRFD) values.
84 1,750 3,755 2,960 2,300 1,850 7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
(213.4) (7,780) (16,700) (13,165) (10,230) (8,225)
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
96 1,545 3,220 2,545 1,960 1,560
(243.8) (6,870) (14,320) (11,320) (8,715) (6,935) 9. Maximum allowable load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.
108 1,370 2,820 2,225 1,695
**
(274.3) (6,090) (12,540) (9,895) (7,535) “)
120 1,230 2,500 1,960 
** **
(304.8) (5,470) (11,120) (8,715)
144 1,000 2,025 1,560 “)
** **
(365.8) (4,445) (9,005) (6,935) 
“)
“) ੋ
 “)

[
“ x “)

“)
ੋ
“) mm (in)

“) 

2023 35
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 22 - MT-60 Allowable Beam Loads: Table 23 - MT-60 Allowable Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Allowable At Max Allowable At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 4,135 0.03 4,135 4,135 4,135 24 3,960 0.06 3,960 3,960 3,960
(61.0) (18,390) (0.08) (18,390) (18,390) (18,390) (61.0) (17,610) (0.15) (17,610) (17,610) (17,610)
36 2,755 0.07 2,755 2,755 2,755 36 2,640 0.13 2,640 2,640 2,015
(91.4) (12,250) (0.18) (12,250) (12,250) (12,250) (91.4) (11,740) (0.33) (11,740) (11,740) (8,960)
48 2,065 0.13 2,065 2,065 2,065 48 1,980 0.23 1,980 1,700 1,130
(121.9) (9,185) (0.33) (9,185) (9,185) (9,185) (121.9) (8,805) (0.59) (8,805) (7,560) (5,025)
60 1,650 0.20 1,650 1,650 1,360 60 1,580 0.36 1,450 1,085 725
(152.4) (7,335) (0.51) (7,335) (7,335) (6,045) (152.4) (7,025) (0.92) (6,445) (4,825) (3,220)
72 1,375 0.29 1,375 1,375 945 72 1,320 0.52 1,005 755 500
(182.9) (6,115) (0.74) (6,115) (6,115) (4,200) (182.9) (5,870) (1.33) (4,470) (3,355) (2,220)
84 1,180 0.40 1,180 1,040 695 84 1,130 0.71 740 555 370
(213.4) (5,245) (1.01) (5,245) (4,625) (3,090) (213.4) (5,025) (1.81) (3,290) (2,465) (1,645)
96 1,030 0.52 1,030 795 530 96 990 0.93 565 425 280
(243.8) (4,580) (1.31) (4,580) (3,535) (2,355) (243.8) (4,400) (2.36) (2,510) (1,890) (1,245)
108 915 0.65 840 630 420 108 880 1.18 445 335 220
(274.3) (4,070) (1.66) (3,735) (2,800) (1,865) (274.3) (3,910) (2.99) (1,975) (1,490) (975)
120 825 0.81 680 510 340 120 790 1.45 360 270 180
(304.8) (3,665) (2.05) (3,020) (2,265) (1,510) (304.8) (3,510) (3.69) (1,600) (1,200) (800)
144 685 1.16 470 355 235 144 660 2.09 250 185 125
(365.8) (3,045) (2.96) (2,090) (1,575) (1,045) (365.8) (2,935) (5.32) (1,110) (820) (555)
168 590 1.58 345 260 170 168 565 2.85 185 135 90
(426.7) (2,620) (4.02) (1,530) (1,155) (755) (426.7) (2,510) (7.24) (820) (600) (400)
192 515 2.07 265 195 130 192 495 3.72 140 105 70
(487.7) (2,290) (5.26) (1,175) (865) (575) (487.7) (2,200) (9.46) (620) (465) (310)
216 455 2.62 210 155 105 216 440 4.71 110 80 55
(548.6) (2,020) (6.65) (930) (685) (465) (548.6) (1,955) (11.97) (485) (355) (240)
240 410 3.23 170 125 85 240 395 5.82 90 65 45
(609.6) (1,820) (8.21) (755) (555) (375) (609.6) (1,755) (14.78) (400) (285) (200)

Table 24 - MT-60 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9

Notes:
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
Allowable
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Unbraced Load at
Height Channel 2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
24 5,340 15,420 14,005 12,045 10,145 other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
(61.0) (23,750) (68,590) (62,295) (53,575) (45,125) deflection modification factors.
36 4,630 12,290 10,145 7,630 5,725 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
(91.4) (20,595) (54,665) (45,125) (33,935) (25,465) Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
48 3,690 9,255 6,890 4,885 3,780 reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
(121.9) (16,410) (41,165) (30,645) (21,725) (16,810)
60 2,865 6,720 4,885 3,580 2,845 5. Profile weight, 2.83 lbs/ft (41.30 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
(152.4) (12,740) (29,890) (21,725) (15,920) (12,655) beam load values.
72 2,325 5,070 3,780 2,845 2,305 6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
(182.9) (10,340) (22,550) (16,810) (12,655) (10,250) Design (LRFD) values.
84 1,940 4,065 3,095 2,375 1,945 7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
(213.4) (8,625) (18,080) (13,765) (10,560) (8,650)
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
96 1,660 3,400 2,635 2,050 1,690
(243.8) (7,380) (15,120) (11,720) (9,115) (7,515) 9. Maximum allowable load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.
108 1,460 2,935 2,305 1,810 1,490
(274.3) (6,490) (13,055) (10,250) (8,050) (6,625)
120 1,310 2,590 2,050 1,615 “)
** 
(304.8) (5,825) (11,520) (9,115) (7,180)
144 1,090 2,110 1,690 “)
** ** 
(365.8) (4,845) (9,385) (7,515) “)
“) 

[
 “ x “)
“) ੋ
“)

mm (in)
“) 

2023 36
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 25 - MT-70 Allowable Beam Loads:

X-axis and Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Table 26 - MT-70 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Allowable At Max Allowable
Uniform Uniform Unbraced Load at
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Height Girder
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
24 5,045 0.07 5,045 5,045 4,785 (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
(61.0) (22,440) (0.18) (22,440) (22,440) (21,280) 24 8,550 21,190 20,850 20,300 19,645
36 3,360 0.16 3,360 3,190 2,125 (61.0) (38,030) (94,255) (92,745) (90,295) (87,385)
(91.4) (14,945) (0.40) (14,945) (14,185) (9,450) 36 8,150 20,375 19,645 18,495 16,835
48 2,520 0.28 2,390 1,795 1,195 (91.4) (36,250) (90,630) (87,385) (82,265) (74,885)
(121.9) (11,205) (0.71) (10,630) (7,980) (5,315) 48 7,570 19,285 18,075 15,830 13,735
60 2,015 0.44 1,530 1,145 765 (121.9) (33,670) (85,780) (80,400) (70,415) (61,095)
(152.4) (8,960) (1.11) (6,805) (5,090) (3,400) 60 6,240 17,965 15,830 13,200 10,575
72 1,680 0.63 1,060 795 530 (152.4) (27,755) (79,910) (70,415) (58,715) (47,035)
(182.9) (7,470) (1.60) (4,715) (3,535) (2,355) 72 5,630 16,085 13,735 10,575 7,670
84 1,440 0.86 780 585 390 (182.9) (25,040) (71,545) (61,095) (47,035) (34,115)
(213.4) (6,405) (2.18) (3,465) (2,600) (1,730) 84 5,020 14,400 11,610 8,115 5,635
96 1,260 1.12 595 445 295 (213.4) (22,325) (64,050) (51,640) (36,095) (25,065)
(243.8) (5,600) (2.85) (2,645) (1,975) (1,310) 96 4,430 12,670 9,565 6,215 4,315
108 1,120 1.42 470 350 235 (243.8) (19,705) (56,355) (42,545) (27,645) (19,190)
(274.3) (4,980) (3.61) (2,090) (1,555) (1,045) 108 3,860 10,960 7,670 4,910 3,410
120 1,005 1.75 380 285 190 (274.3) (17,170) (48,750) (34,115) (21,840) (15,165)
(304.8) (4,470) (4.44) (1,690) (1,265) (845) 120 3,375 9,320 6,215 3,975 2,760
144 840 2.53 265 195 130 (304.8) (15,010) (41,455) (27,645) (17,680) (12,275)
(365.8) (3,735) (6.42) (1,175) (865) (575) 144 2,630 6,535 4,315 2,760
**
168 720 3.44 195 140 95 (365.8) (11,695) (29,065) (19,190) (12,275)
(426.7) (3,200) (8.73) (865) (620) (420)
192 630 4.49 145 110 70
(487.7) (2,800) (11.41) (640) (485) (310)
216 560 5.68 115 85 55
(548.6) (2,490) (14.44) (510) (375) (240)
240 500 6.96 95 70 45
(609.6) (2,220) (17.68) (420) (310) (200)

Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
“)
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 
2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively. “)
“) 
3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and

based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and

deflection modification factors. “)
4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced. ੋ 
“)
Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
reduction factors for unbraced conditions. mm (in)
5. Profile weight, 2.63 lbs/ft (38.39 N/m) must be deducted from allowable
beam load values.
6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
Design (LRFD) values.
7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
9. Maximum allowable load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.

2023 37
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 27 - MT-80 Allowable Beam Loads: Table 28 - MT-80 Allowable Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Allowable At Max Allowable At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 13,920 0.04 13,920 13,920 13,920 24 7,000 0.02 7,000 7,000 7,000
(61.0) (61,915) (0.09) (61,915) (61,915) (61,915) (61.0) (31,135) (0.05) (31,135) (31,135) (31,135)
36 9,280 0.08 9,280 9,280 9,280 36 4,665 0.04 4,665 4,665 3,130
(91.4) (41,275) (0.20) (41,275) (41,275) (41,275) (91.4) (20,750) (0.10) (20,750) (20,750) (13,920)
48 6,960 0.14 6,960 6,960 6,505 48 3,500 0.07 3,500 2,640 1,760
(121.9) (30,955) (0.36) (30,955) (30,955) (28,935) (121.9) (15,565) (0.18) (15,565) (11,740) (7,825)
60 5,565 0.22 5,565 5,565 4,165 60 2,800 0.11 2,255 1,690 1,125
(152.4) (24,750) (0.57) (24,750) (24,750) (18,525) (152.4) (12,450) (0.28) (10,030) (7,515) (5,000)
72 4,640 0.32 4,640 4,335 2,890 72 2,330 0.16 1,565 1,170 780
(182.9) (20,635) (0.81) (20,635) (19,280) (12,855) (182.9) (10,360) (0.41) (6,960) (5,200) (3,465)
84 3,975 0.44 3,975 3,185 2,125 84 2,000 0.22 1,150 860 575
(213.4) (17,680) (1.11) (17,680) (14,165) (9,450) (213.4) (8,895) (0.56) (5,115) (3,825) (2,555)
96 3,480 0.57 3,250 2,440 1,625 96 1,750 0.29 880 660 440
(243.8) (15,475) (1.45) (14,455) (10,850) (7,225) (243.8) (7,780) (0.73) (3,910) (2,935) (1,955)
108 3,095 0.72 2,570 1,925 1,285 108 1,555 0.36 695 520 345
(274.3) (13,765) (1.83) (11,430) (8,560) (5,715) (274.3) (6,915) (0.92) (3,090) (2,310) (1,530)
120 2,780 0.89 2,080 1,560 1,040 120 1,400 0.45 560 420 280
(304.8) (12,365) (2.26) (9,250) (6,935) (4,625) (304.8) (6,225) (1.14) (2,490) (1,865) (1,245)
144 2,320 1.28 1,445 1,080 720 144 1,165 0.64 390 290 195
(365.8) (10,315) (3.26) (6,425) (4,800) (3,200) (365.8) (5,180) (1.64) (1,730) (1,285) (865)
168 1,985 1.74 1,060 795 530 168 1,000 0.88 285 215 140
(426.7) (8,825) (4.43) (4,715) (3,535) (2,355) (426.7) (4,445) (2.23) (1,265) (955) (620)
192 1,740 2.28 810 610 405 192 875 1.15 220 165 110
(487.7) (7,735) (5.79) (3,600) (2,710) (1,800) (487.7) (3,890) (2.91) (975) (730) (485)
216 1,545 2.88 640 480 320 216 775 1.45 170 130
-
(548.6) (6,870) (7.32) (2,845) (2,135) (1,420) (548.6) (3,445) (3.67) (755) (575)
240 1,390 3.56 520 390 260 240 700 1.79 140
- -
(609.6) (6,180) (9.04) (2,310) (1,730) (1,155) (609.6) (3,110) (4.55) (620)

Table 29 - MT-80 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9

Notes:
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
Allowable
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Unbraced Load at
Height Girder 2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
24 11,820 29,775 29,775 29,775 29,775 other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
(61.0) (52,575) (132,445) (132,445) (132,445) (132,445) deflection modification factors.
36 11,540 29,775 29,775 29,775 29,200 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
(91.4) (51,330) (132,445) (132,445) (132,445) (129,885) Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
48 11,160 29,775 29,775 27,665 23,755 reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
(121.9) (49,640) (132,445) (132,445) (123,055) (105,665)
60 10,430 29,775 27,665 22,890 18,585 5. Profile weight, 4.43 lbs/ft (64.67 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
(152.4) (46,390) (132,445) (123,055) (101,815) (82,665) beam load values.
72 8,590 28,060 23,755 18,585 13,740 6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
(182.9) (38,210) (124,815) (105,665) (82,665) (61,115) Design (LRFD) values.
84 7,770 24,830 20,295 14,530 10,095 7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
(213.4) (34,560) (110,445) (90,275) (64,630) (44,900)
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
96 6,960 22,025 16,920 11,130 7,730
(243.8) (30,955) (97,970) (75,260) (49,505) (34,380) 9. Maximum allowable load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.
108 6,160 19,220 13,740 8,795 6,105
(274.3) (27,400) (85,490) (61,115) (39,120) (27,155) (1-15/16“)
120 5,440 16,510 11,130 7,120 4,945 50
(304.8) (24,195) (73,435) (49,505) (31,670) (21,995) (1-15/16“)
144 4,300 11,710 7,730 4,945 50 50
** (1/8“) (1-15/16“)
(365.8) (19,125) (52,085) (34,380) (21,995) 3

23x23
100 (7/8“ x 7/8“)
(3-15/16“)
∅10.9
(7/16“)
∅ 9.2
(3/8“)
mm (in)

2023 38
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 30 - MT-90 Allowable Beam Loads:

X-axis and Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Table 31 - MT-90 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Allowable At Max Allowable
Uniform Uniform Unbraced Load at
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Height Girder
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
24 20,580 0.03 20,580 20,580 20,580 (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
(61.0) (91,540) (0.08) (91,540) (91,540) (91,540) 24 18,000 45,040 45,040 45,040 45,040
36 13,720 0.07 13,720 13,720 13,720 (61.0) (80,065) (200,345) (200,345) (200,345) (200,345)
(91.4) (61,025) (0.19) (61,025) (61,025) (61,025) 36 17,860 45,040 45,040 45,040 45,040
48 10,290 0.13 10,290 10,290 10,290 (91.4) (79,440) (200,345) (200,345) (200,345) (200,345)
(121.9) (45,770) (0.33) (45,770) (45,770) (45,770) 48 17,680 45,040 45,040 45,040 44,870
60 8,230 0.20 8,230 8,230 6,745 (121.9) (78,640) (200,345) (200,345) (200,345) (199,590)
(152.4) (36,605) (0.52) (36,605) (36,605) (30,000) 60 17,470 45,040 45,040 44,470 42,285
72 6,860 0.29 6,860 6,860 4,680 (152.4) (77,710) (200,345) (200,345) (197,810) (188,090)
(182.9) (30,510) (0.74) (30,510) (30,510) (20,815) 72 17,210 45,040 44,870 42,285 38,845
84 5,880 0.40 5,880 5,160 3,440 (182.9) (76,550) (200,345) (199,590) (188,090) (172,790)
(213.4) (26,155) (1.01) (26,155) (22,950) (15,300) 84 16,680 45,040 43,195 39,380 35,495
96 5,145 0.52 5,145 3,950 2,630 (213.4) (74,195) (200,345) (192,135) (175,170) (157,885)
(243.8) (22,885) (1.32) (22,885) (17,570) (11,695) 96 16,100 44,050 41,335 36,635 31,990
108 4,570 0.66 4,160 3,120 2,080 (243.8) (71,615) (195,940) (183,865) (162,955) (142,295)
(274.3) (20,325) (1.67) (18,500) (13,875) (9,250) 108 14,440 42,630 38,845 33,755 28,430
120 4,115 0.81 3,370 2,525 1,685 (274.3) (64,230) (189,625) (172,790) (150,145) (126,460)
(304.8) (18,300) (2.07) (14,990) (11,230) (7,495) 120 13,830 41,090 36,635 30,805 24,920
144 3,430 1.17 2,340 1,755 1,170 (304.8) (61,515) (182,775) (162,955) (137,025) (110,845)
(365.8) (15,255) (2.98) (10,405) (7,805) (5,200) 144 12,560 37,200 31,990 24,920 18,325
168 2,940 1.59 1,720 1,290 860 (365.8) (55,865) (165,470) (142,295) (110,845) (81,510)
(426.7) (13,075) (4.05) (7,650) (5,735) (3,825) 168 11,280 33,465 27,250 19,385 13,465
192 2,570 2.08 1,315 985 655 (426.7) (50,175) (148,855) (121,210) (86,225) (59,895)
(487.7) (11,430) (5.29) (5,845) (4,380) (2,910) 192 10,020 29,615 22,650 14,845 10,305
216 2,285 2.63 1,040 780 520 (487.7) (44,570) (131,730) (100,750) (66,030) (45,835)
(548.6) (10,160) (6.69) (4,625) (3,465) (2,310) 216 8,800 25,790 18,325 11,725 8,145
240 2,055 3.25 840 630 420 (548.6) (39,140) (114,715) (81,510) (52,155) (36,230)
(609.6) (9,140) (8.25) (3,735) (2,800) (1,865) 240 7,730 22,095 14,845 9,500 6,595
(609.6) (34,380) (98,280) (66,030) (42,255) (29,335)

Notes:
(1-15/16“) 50
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
50 (1-15/16“)
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. (3-15/16“)

2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively. 100
(1/8“) 50
3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and 3
(1-15/16“)

based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For

other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
100
deflection modification factors. (3-15/16“)
4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced. mm (in)
Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
∅ 9.2
reduction factors for unbraced conditions. (3/8“)
5. Profile weight, 6.01 lbs/ft (87.74 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
beam load values.
6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
Design (LRFD) values.
7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
9. Maximum allowable load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.

2023 39
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 32 - MT-100 Allowable Beam Loads: Table 33 - MT-100 Allowable Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5,6
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Allowable At Max Allowable At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 44,910 0.02 44,910 44,910 44,910 24 33,970 0.03 33,970 33,970 33,970
(61.0) (199,765) (0.06) (199,765) (199,765) (199,765) (61.0) (151,105) (0.08) (151,105) (151,105) (151,105)
36 29,940 0.05 29,940 29,940 29,940 36 22,645 0.07 22,645 22,645 22,645
(91.4) (133,175) (0.13) (133,175) (133,175) (133,175) (91.4) (100,725) (0.18) (100,725) (100,725) (100,725)
48 22,455 0.09 22,455 22,455 22,455 48 16,985 0.13 16,985 16,985 16,985
(121.9) (99,880) (0.23) (99,880) (99,880) (99,880) (121.9) (75,550) (0.33) (75,550) (75,550) (75,550)
60 17,960 0.14 17,960 17,960 17,960 60 13,585 0.20 13,585 13,585 11,315
(152.4) (79,885) (0.36) (79,885) (79,885) (79,885) (152.4) (60,425) (0.51) (60,425) (60,425) (50,330)
72 14,970 0.21 14,970 14,970 14,595 72 11,320 0.29 11,320 11,320 7,860
(182.9) (66,585) (0.52) (66,585) (66,585) (64,920) (182.9) (50,350) (0.73) (50,350) (50,350) (34,960)
84 12,830 0.28 12,830 12,830 10,725 84 9,705 0.39 9,705 8,660 5,775
(213.4) (57,070) (0.71) (57,070) (57,070) (47,705) (213.4) (43,165) (1.00) (43,165) (38,520) (25,685)
96 11,225 0.36 11,225 11,225 8,210 96 8,490 0.51 8,490 6,630 4,420
(243.8) (49,930) (0.93) (49,930) (49,930) (36,515) (243.8) (37,765) (1.30) (37,765) (29,490) (19,660)
108 9,980 0.46 9,980 9,730 6,485 108 7,545 0.65 6,985 5,240 3,490
(274.3) (44,390) (1.17) (44,390) (43,280) (28,845) (274.3) (33,560) (1.65) (31,070) (23,305) (15,520)
120 8,980 0.57 8,980 7,880 5,255 120 6,790 0.80 5,655 4,240 2,825
(304.8) (39,940) (1.45) (39,940) (35,050) (23,375) (304.8) (30,200) (2.03) (25,150) (18,860) (12,565)
144 7,485 0.82 7,295 5,470 3,645 144 5,660 1.15 3,930 2,945 1,965
(365.8) (33,290) (2.08) (32,445) (24,330) (16,210) (365.8) (25,175) (2.93) (17,480) (13,095) (8,740)
168 6,415 1.12 5,360 4,020 2,680 168 4,850 1.57 2,885 2,165 1,440
(426.7) (28,535) (2.84) (23,840) (17,880) (11,920) (426.7) (21,570) (3.98) (12,830) (9,630) (6,405)
192 5,610 1.46 4,105 3,075 2,050 192 4,245 2.05 2,210 1,655 1,105
(487.7) (24,950) (3.70) (18,255) (13,675) (9,115) (487.7) (18,880) (5.20) (9,830) (7,360) (4,915)
216 4,990 1.85 3,240 2,430 1,620 216 3,770 2.59 1,745 1,310 870
(548.6) (22,195) (4.69) (14,410) (10,805) (7,205) (548.6) (16,765) (6.58) (7,760) (5,825) (3,865)
240 4,490 2.28 2,625 1,970 1,310 240 3,395 3.20 1,410 1,060 705
(609.6) (19,970) (5.79) (11,675) (8,760) (5,825) (609.6) (15,100) (8.13) (6,270) (4,715) (3,135)

Table 34 - MT-100 Allowable Column Loads1,2,6,7,8,9

Notes:
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ESR-5019 and AISI S100-16, the North American
Allowable
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Unbraced Load at
Height Girder 2. Safety factors for flexure and compression are 1.67 and 1.80, respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2 3. Allowable beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W * Span) and
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported ends. For
24 25,820 67,280 67,280 67,280 67,280 other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable load and
(61.0) (114,850) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) deflection modification factors.
36 25,740 67,280 67,280 67,280 67,280 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
(91.4) (114,495) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
48 25,670 67,280 67,280 67,280 67,280 reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
(121.9) (114,185) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270)
60 25,490 67,280 67,280 67,280 67,280 5. Profile weight, 10.0 lbs/ft (145.99 N/m), must be deducted from allowable
(152.4) (113,380) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) beam load values.
72 25,320 67,280 67,280 67,280 65,740 6. Multiply tabulated load values by 1.5 to obtain Load and Resistance Factor
(182.9) (112,625) (299,270) (299,270) (299,270) (292,420) Design (LRFD) values.
84 25,150 67,280 67,280 66,580 60,480 7. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
(213.4) (111,870) (299,270) (299,270) (296,160) (269,025)
8. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
96 24,900 67,280 67,280 62,275 54,930
(243.8) (110,760) (299,270) (299,270) (277,010) (244,335) 9. Maximum allowable load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.
108 24,300 67,280 65,740 57,730 49,250
(274.3) (108,090) (299,270) (292,420) (256,790) (219,070) 50
120 23,560 67,280 62,275 53,045 43,600 (1-15/16“) 50 (1-15/16“)
(3-15/16“)
(304.8) (104,795) (299,270) (277,010) (235,950) (193,940)
100
144 21,950 63,155 54,390 43,600 32,875 (3/16“) 50
(365.8) (97,635) (280,925) (241,935) (193,940) (146,230) 4 (1-15/16“)

168 20,200 57,265 47,360 34,580 24,170 50

(1-15/16“)
(426.7) (89,850) (254,725) (210,665) (153,815) (107,510)
192 18,350 51,150 39,910 26,650 18,505
150
(487.7) (81,620) (227,525) (177,525) (118,540) (82,310) (5-7/8“)
216 16,460 45,000 32,875 21,055 14,620
(548.6) (73,215) (200,165) (146,230) (93,655) (65,030) mm (in)
240 14,580 39,000 26,650 17,055 11,845
∅ 9.2
(609.6) (64,850) (173,475) (118,540) (75,860) (52,685) (3/8“)

2023 40
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 35 - MT-20 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 36 - MT-20 Maximum Factored Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Factored At Max Factored At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
12 1,680 0.03 1,680 1,680 1,680 12 2,500 0.02 2,500 2,500 2,500
(30.5) (7,470) (0.07) (7,470) (7,470) (7,470) (30.5) (11,120) (0.05) (11,120) (11,120) (11,120)
24 840 0.12 840 725 480 24 1,250 0.08 1,250 1,250 980
(61.0) (3,735) (0.29) (3,735) (3,220) (2,135) (61.0) (5,560) (0.22) (5,560) (5,560) (4,355)
36 560 0.26 430 320 215 36 830 0.19 830 655 435
(91.4) (2,490) (0.66) (1,910) (1,420) (955) (91.4) (3,690) (0.48) (3,690) (2,910) (1,930)
48 420 0.46 240 180 120 48 625 0.34 490 365 245
(121.9) (1,865) (1.18) (1,065) (800) (530) (121.9) (2,780) (0.86) (2,175) (1,620) (1,085)
60 335 0.72 150 115 75 60 500 0.53 315 235 155
(152.4) (1,490) (1.84) (665) (510) (330) (152.4) (2,220) (1.35) (1,400) (1,045) (685)
72 280 1.04 105 80 50 72 415 0.76 215 160 105
(182.9) (1,245) (2.65) (465) (355) (220) (182.9) (1,845) (1.94) (955) (710) (465)

Table 37 - MT-20 Maximum Factored Column

Loads1,2,6,7,8 Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using
Factored the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
Unbraced Load at
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,
Height Channel
respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) 3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported
12 2,520 6,290 6,290 6,290 6,290
(30.5) (11,200) (27,985) (27,985) (27,985) (27,985) ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
24 2,790 6,290 6,290 6,175 5,340 load and deflection modification factors.
(61.0) (12,420) (27,985) (27,985) (27,475) (23,760) 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
36 2,410 6,290 5,340 4,260 3,395 Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
(91.4) (10,725) (27,985) (23,760) (18,955) (15,110) reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
48 1,985 4,960 3,950 2,965 2,380
(121.9) (8,830) (22,060) (17,580) (13,190) (10,595) 5. Profile weight, 0.84 lbs/ft (12.26 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
60 1,590 3,880 2,965 2,275 1,800 factored beam load values.
(152.4) (7,075) (17,255) (13,190) (10,115) (8,005) 6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
72 1,295 3,065 2,380 1,800 7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
**
(182.9) (5,760) (13,635) (10,595) (8,005) 8. Maximum factored load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.

“)


“)

“)
“) 
 


“) [
“[“)

ੋ
 “)
mm (in)
“)

2023 41
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 38 - MT-30 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 39 - MT-30 Maximum Factored Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Factored At Max Factored At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 880 0.17 710 535 355 24 1,895 0.09 1,895 1,895 1,380
(61.0) (3,910) (0.42) (3,155) (2,375) (1,575) (61.0) (8,425) (0.23) (8,425) (8,425) (6,135)
36 585 0.37 315 235 155 36 1,265 0.21 1,225 920 610
(91.4) (2,600) (0.94) (1,400) (1,045) (685) (91.4) (5,625) (0.52) (5,445) (4,090) (2,710)
48 440 0.66 175 130 85 48 945 0.37 690 515 345
(121.9) (1,955) (1.68) (775) (575) (375) (121.9) (4,200) (0.93) (3,065) (2,290) (1,530)
60 350 1.03 110 85 55 60 755 0.57 440 330 220
(152.4) (1,555) (2.62) (485) (375) (240) (152.4) (3,355) (1.46) (1,955) (1,465) (975)
72 290 1.49 75 55 35 72 630 0.83 305 230 150
(182.9) (1,285) (3.77) (330) (240) (155) (182.9) (2,800) (2.10) (1,355) (1,020) (665)
84 250 2.02 55 40 84 540 1.12 225 165 110
-
(213.4) (1,110) (5.13) (240) (175) (213.4) (2,400) (2.85) (1,000) (730) (485)
96 220 2.64 40 30 96 470 1.47 170 125 85
-
(243.8) (975) (6.71) (175) (130) (243.8) (2,090) (3.73) (755) (555) (375)
108 195 3.34 35 108 420 1.86 135 100 65
- -
(274.3) (865) (8.49) (155) (274.3) (1,865) (4.72) (600) (440) (285)
120 175 4.13 120 375 2.29 110 80 55
- - -
(304.8) (775) (10.48) (304.8) (1,665) (5.82) (485) (355) (240)
144 145 5.94 144 315 3.30 75 55 35
- - -
(365.8) (640) (15.09) (365.8) (1,400) (8.38) (330) (240) (155)
168 125 8.09 168 270 4.49 55 40
- - - -
(426.7) (555) (20.54) (426.7) (1,200) (11.41) (240) (175)
192 110 10.56 192 235 5.87 40 30
- - - -
(487.7) (485) (26.83) (487.7) (1,045) (14.90) (175) (130)
216 95 13.37 216 210 7.43 30
- - - - -
(548.6) (420) (33.95) (548.6) (930) (18.86) (130)
240 85 16.50 240 185 9.17
- - - - - -
(609.6) (375) (41.92) (609.6) (820) (23.28)

Table 40 - MT-30 Maximum Factored Column

Loads1,2,6,7,8 Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using
Factored the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
Unbraced Load at
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,
Height Channel
respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) 3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported
24 3,280 8,700 8,060 7,225 6,455
(61.0) (14,600) (38,710) (35,870) (32,155) (28,725) ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
36 2,675 7,325 6,455 4,915 3,535 load and deflection modification factors.
(91.4) (11,905) (32,600) (28,725) (21,870) (15,720) 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
48 1,990 5,930 4,435 2,855 1,985 Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
(121.9) (8,870) (26,385) (19,725) (12,705) (8,830) reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
60 1,515 4,310 2,855 1,825
** 5. Profile weight, 1.1 lbs/ft (16.09 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
(152.4) (6,750) (19,180) (12,705) (8,125)
72 1,180 3,005 1,985 factored beam load values.
** ** 6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
(182.9) (5,245) (13,380) (8,830)
84 2,210 7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
** ** ** **
(213.4) (9,825) 8. Maximum factored load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.
96 1,690
** ** ** **
(243.8) (7,520)
108 “)
** ** ** ** **
(274.3) 
120
** ** ** ** **
(304.8) “)
144 
** ** ** ** ** “)
(365.8)
“)

 [
“ x “)
 ੋ
“) “) mm (in)


2023
“)
42
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 41 - MT-50 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 42 - MT-50 Maximum Factored Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Factored At Max Factored At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 3,020 0.09 3,020 3,020 2,190 24 4,270 0.10 4,270 4,270 2,850
(61.0) (13,430) (0.23) (13,430) (13,430) (9,740) (61.0) (18,990) (0.25) (18,990) (18,990) (12,675)
36 2,010 0.21 1,945 1,460 970 36 2,845 0.22 2,535 1,900 1,265
(91.4) (8,940) (0.53) (8,650) (6,490) (4,310) (91.4) (12,655) (0.57) (11,275) (8,450) (5,625)
48 1,510 0.37 1,095 820 545 48 2,135 0.40 1,425 1,065 710
(121.9) (6,715) (0.93) (4,870) (3,645) (2,420) (121.9) (9,495) (1.01) (6,335) (4,735) (3,155)
60 1,205 0.57 700 525 350 60 1,705 0.62 910 680 455
(152.4) (5,360) (1.46) (3,110) (2,335) (1,555) (152.4) (7,580) (1.58) (4,045) (3,020) (2,020)
72 1,005 0.83 485 365 240 72 1,420 0.90 630 475 315
(182.9) (4,470) (2.10) (2,155) (1,620) (1,065) (182.9) (6,315) (2.28) (2,800) (2,110) (1,400)
84 860 1.13 355 265 175 84 1,220 1.22 465 345 230
(213.4) (3,825) (2.86) (1,575) (1,175) (775) (213.4) (5,425) (3.10) (2,065) (1,530) (1,020)
96 755 1.47 270 205 135 96 1,065 1.59 355 265 175
(243.8) (3,355) (3.74) (1,200) (910) (600) (243.8) (4,735) (4.05) (1,575) (1,175) (775)
108 670 1.86 215 160 105 108 945 2.01 280 210 140
(274.3) (2,980) (4.73) (955) (710) (465) (274.3) (4,200) (5.11) (1,245) (930) (620)
120 600 2.30 175 130 85 120 850 2.48 225 170 110
(304.8) (2,665) (5.84) (775) (575) (375) (304.8) (3,780) (6.31) (1,000) (755) (485)
144 500 3.31 120 90 60 144 710 3.58 155 115 75
(365.8) (2,220) (8.40) (530) (400) (265) (365.8) (3,155) (9.10) (685) (510) (330)
168 430 4.50 85 65 40 168 610 4.89 115 85 55
(426.7) (1,910) (11.44) (375) (285) (175) (426.7) (2,710) (12.42) (510) (375) (240)
192 375 5.88 65 50 30 192 530 6.34 85 65 40
(487.7) (1,665) (14.94) (285) (220) (130) (487.7) (2,355) (16.11) (375) (285) (175)
216 335 7.45 50 40 216 470 8.01 70 50 35
-
(548.6) (1,490) (18.91) (220) (175) (548.6) (2,090) (20.34) (310) (220) (155)
240 300 9.19 40 30 240 425 9.93 55 40
- -
(609.6) (1,330) (23.35) (175) (130) (609.6) (1,890) (25.23) (240) (175)

Table 43 - MT-50 Maximum Factored Column

Loads1,2,6,7,8 Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using
Factored the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
Unbraced Load at
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,
Height Channel
respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) 3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported
24 6,335 15,850 14,655 12,555 10,940
(61.0) (28,185) (70,520) (65,205) (55,855) (48,680) ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
36 4,835 12,765 10,940 8,870 7,190 load and deflection modification factors.
(91.4) (21,525) (56,780) (48,680) (39,460) (31,990) 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
48 4,130 10,205 8,270 6,305 5,080 Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
(121.9) (18,385) (45,415) (36,800) (28,055) (22,610) reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
60 3,425 8,125 6,305 4,845 3,945
(152.4) (15,245) (36,160) (28,055) (21,550) (17,550) 5. Profile weight, 1.97 lbs/ft (28.74 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
72 2,905 6,500 5,080 3,945 3,200 factored beam load values.
(182.9) (12,940) (28,920) (22,610) (17,550) (14,250) 6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
84 2,520 5,405 4,260 3,310 2,660 7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
(213.4) (11,205) (24,050) (18,960) (14,735) (11,845) 8. Maximum factored load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.
96 2,220 4,635 3,660 2,820 2,245
(243.8) (9,895) (20,625) (16,305) (12,550) (9,990)
108 1,970 4,060 3,200 2,440 “)
** 
(274.3) (8,770) (18,060) (14,250) (10,855)
120 1,770 3,600 2,820
** ** “)
(304.8) (7,880) (16,015) (12,550)

144 1,440 2,915 2,245 “)
** ** ੋ
(365.8) (6,405) (12,970) (9,990) “)
 “)

[
“ x “)

“)
ੋ
“) mm (in)
“) 

2023 43
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 44 - MT-60 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 45 - MT-60 Maximum Factored Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Factored At Max Factored At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 6,215 0.05 6,215 6,215 6,215 24 5,950 0.09 5,950 5,950 4,535
(61.0) (27,645) (0.12) (27,645) (27,645) (27,645) (61.0) (26,465) (0.22) (26,465) (26,465) (20,170)
36 4,140 0.11 4,140 4,140 3,785 36 3,965 0.20 3,965 3,025 2,015
(91.4) (18,415) (0.28) (18,415) (18,415) (16,835) (91.4) (17,635) (0.50) (17,635) (13,455) (8,960)
48 3,105 0.19 3,105 3,105 2,130 48 2,975 0.35 2,265 1,700 1,130
(121.9) (13,810) (0.49) (13,810) (13,810) (9,470) (121.9) (13,230) (0.89) (10,075) (7,560) (5,025)
60 2,485 0.30 2,485 2,045 1,360 60 2,380 0.55 1,450 1,085 725
(152.4) (11,050) (0.77) (11,050) (9,095) (6,045) (152.4) (10,585) (1.39) (6,445) (4,825) (3,220)
72 2,070 0.44 1,890 1,420 945 72 1,980 0.79 1,005 755 500
(182.9) (9,205) (1.11) (8,405) (6,315) (4,200) (182.9) (8,805) (2.00) (4,470) (3,355) (2,220)
84 1,775 0.60 1,390 1,040 695 84 1,700 1.07 740 555 370
(213.4) (7,895) (1.51) (6,180) (4,625) (3,090) (213.4) (7,560) (2.72) (3,290) (2,465) (1,645)
96 1,550 0.78 1,065 795 530 96 1,485 1.40 565 425 280
(243.8) (6,890) (1.98) (4,735) (3,535) (2,355) (243.8) (6,605) (3.55) (2,510) (1,890) (1,245)
108 1,380 0.98 840 630 420 108 1,320 1.77 445 335 220
(274.3) (6,135) (2.50) (3,735) (2,800) (1,865) (274.3) (5,870) (4.50) (1,975) (1,490) (975)
120 1,240 1.22 680 510 340 120 1,190 2.19 360 270 180
(304.8) (5,515) (3.09) (3,020) (2,265) (1,510) (304.8) (5,290) (5.55) (1,600) (1,200) (800)
144 1,035 1.75 470 355 235 144 990 3.15 250 185 125
(365.8) (4,600) (4.44) (2,090) (1,575) (1,045) (365.8) (4,400) (8.00) (1,110) (820) (555)
168 885 2.38 345 260 170 168 850 4.29 185 135 90
(426.7) (3,935) (6.05) (1,530) (1,155) (755) (426.7) (3,780) (10.88) (820) (600) (400)
192 775 3.11 265 195 130 192 740 5.60 140 105 70
(487.7) (3,445) (7.90) (1,175) (865) (575) (487.7) (3,290) (14.22) (620) (465) (310)
216 690 3.94 210 155 105 216 660 7.08 110 80 55
(548.6) (3,065) (10.00) (930) (685) (465) (548.6) (2,935) (17.99) (485) (355) (240)
240 620 4.86 170 125 85 240 595 8.75 90 65 45
(609.6) (2,755) (12.35) (755) (555) (375) (609.6) (2,645) (22.21) (400) (285) (200)

Table 46 - MT-60 Maximum Factored Column

Loads1,2,6,7,8 Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using
Factored the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
Unbraced Load at
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,
Height Channel
respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) 3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported
24 7,685 22,200 20,165 17,340 14,605
(61.0) (34,200) (98,770) (89,705) (77,150) (64,980) ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
36 6,665 17,695 14,605 10,985 8,240 load and deflection modification factors.
(91.4) (29,660) (78,720) (64,980) (48,870) (36,670) 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
48 5,310 13,325 9,920 7,030 5,440 Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
(121.9) (23,635) (59,280) (44,130) (31,285) (24,210) reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
60 4,125 9,675 7,030 5,155 4,095
(152.4) (18,350) (43,045) (31,285) (22,925) (18,225) 5. Profile weight, 2.83 lbs/ft (41.30 N/m) must be deducted from maximum
72 3,345 7,300 5,440 4,095 3,315 factored beam load values.
(182.9) (14,890) (32,475) (24,210) (18,225) (14,760) 6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
84 2,790 5,850 4,455 3,420 2,800 7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
(213.4) (12,420) (26,040) (19,825) (15,210) (12,460) 8. Maximum factored load at channel face assumes K value of 0.8.
96 2,390 4,895 3,790 2,950 2,430
(243.8) (10,630) (21,775) (16,880) (13,130) (10,825) “)
108 2,100 4,225 3,315 2,605 2,145 
(274.3) (9,350) (18,800) (14,760) (11,595) (9,540) “)
120 1,885 3,725 2,950 2,325 
** “)
(304.8) (8,390) (16,590) (13,130) (10,340) “) 
144 1,565 3,035 2,430 
** **
(365.8) (6,980) (13,515) (10,825) [
 “ x “)
“) ੋ
“)

mm (in)
“) 

2023 44
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 47 - MT-70 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 48 - MT-70 Maximum Factored Column
X-axis and Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Loads1,2,6,7,8
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Factored At Max Factored
Uniform Uniform Unbraced Load at
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Height Girder
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
24 7,585 0.11 7,585 7,180 4,785 (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
(61.0) (33,735) (0.27) (33,735) (31,935) (21,280) 24 12,310 30,510 30,020 29,230 28,285
36 5,055 0.24 4,255 3,190 2,125 (61.0) (54,765) (135,730) (133,555) (130,025) (125,835)
(91.4) (22,485) (0.60) (18,925) (14,185) (9,450) 36 11,735 29,340 28,285 26,630 24,240
48 3,790 0.42 2,390 1,795 1,195 (91.4) (52,200) (130,510) (125,835) (118,465) (107,835)
(121.9) (16,855) (1.07) (10,630) (7,980) (5,315) 48 10,900 27,770 26,025 22,795 19,775
60 3,035 0.66 1,530 1,145 765 (121.9) (48,485) (123,525) (115,780) (101,400) (87,980)
(152.4) (13,500) (1.68) (6,805) (5,090) (3,400) 60 8,985 25,865 22,795 19,005 15,225
72 2,525 0.95 1,060 795 530 (152.4) (39,970) (115,075) (101,400) (84,550) (67,735)
(182.9) (11,230) (2.41) (4,715) (3,535) (2,355) 72 8,105 23,160 19,775 15,225 11,040
84 2,165 1.29 780 585 390 (182.9) (36,060) (103,025) (87,980) (67,735) (49,130)
(213.4) (9,630) (3.28) (3,465) (2,600) (1,730) 84 7,225 20,735 16,715 11,685 8,110
96 1,895 1.69 595 445 295 (213.4) (32,150) (92,235) (74,365) (51,980) (36,095)
(243.8) (8,425) (4.29) (2,645) (1,975) (1,310) 96 6,375 18,240 13,770 8,945 6,210
108 1,685 2.14 470 350 235 (243.8) (28,380) (81,155) (61,265) (39,810) (27,635)
(274.3) (7,495) (5.43) (2,090) (1,555) (1,045) 108 5,555 15,780 11,040 7,070 4.910
120 1,515 2.64 380 285 190 (274.3) (24,725) (70,200) (49,130) (31.450) (21.840)
(304.8) (6,735) (6.70) (1,690) (1,265) (845) 120 4,860 13,420 8,945 5.720 3.970
144 1,260 3.79 265 195 130 (304.8) (21,615) (59,700) (39,810) (25.460) (17.680)
(365.8) (5,600) (9.63) (1,175) (865) (575) 144 3,785 9,410 6,210 3.970
**
168 1,080 5.16 195 145 95 (365.8) (16,845) (41,855) (27,635) (17.680)
(426.7) (4,800) (13.10) (865) (640) (420)
192 945 6.74 145 110 70
(487.7) (4,200) (17.11) (640) (485) (310)
216 840 8.53 115 85 55
(548.6) (3,735) (21.66) (510) (375) (240)
240 755 10.51 95 70 45
(609.6) (3,355) (26.70) (420) (310) (200)

Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
“)
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using 
the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group. “)
“) 
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,

respectively.
3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W

* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported “)
ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable ੋ 
“)
load and deflection modification factors.
4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced. mm (in)
Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
5. Profile weight, 2.63 lbs/ft (38.39 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
factored beam load values.
6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
8. Maximum factored load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.

2023 45
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 49 - MT-80 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 50 - MT-80 Maximum Factored Beam Loads:
X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Factored At Max Factored At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 20,935 0.05 20,935 20,935 20,935 24 10,535 0.03 10,535 10,535 7,045
(61.0) (93,120) (0.14) (93,120) (93,120) (93,120) (61.0) (46,860) (0.07) (46,860) (46,860) (31,335)
36 13,955 0.12 13,955 13,955 11,570 36 7,025 0.06 6,265 4,695 3,130
(91.4) (62,070) (0.31) (62,070) (62,070) (51,465) (91.4) (31,245) (0.15) (27,865) (20,880) (13,920)
48 10,465 0.21 10,465 9,760 6,505 48 5,265 0.11 3,520 2,640 1,760
(121.9) (46,550) (0.54) (46,550) (43,410) (28,935) (121.9) (23,415) (0.27) (15,655) (11,740) (7,825)
60 8,370 0.33 8,330 6,245 4,165 60 4,215 0.17 2,255 1,690 1,125
(152.4) (37,230) (0.85) (37,050) (27,775) (18,525) (152.4) (18,745) (0.43) (10,030) (7,515) (5,000)
72 6,975 0.48 5,785 4,335 2,890 72 3,510 0.24 1,565 1,170 780
(182.9) (31,025) (1.22) (25,730) (19,280) (12,855) (182.9) (15,610) (0.62) (6,960) (5,200) (3,465)
84 5,980 0.66 4,250 3,185 2,125 84 3,010 0.33 1,150 860 575
(213.4) (26,600) (1.67) (18,900) (14,165) (9,450) (213.4) (13,385) (0.84) (5,115) (3,825) (2,555)
96 5,230 0.86 3,250 2,440 1,625 96 2,630 0.43 880 660 440
(243.8) (23,260) (2.18) (14,455) (10,850) (7,225) (243.8) (11,695) (1.09) (3,910) (2,935) (1,955)
108 4,650 1.08 2,570 1,925 1,285 108 2,340 0.55 695 520 345
(274.3) (20,680) (2.76) (11,430) (8,560) (5,715) (274.3) (10,405) (1.39) (3,090) (2,310) (1,530)
120 4,185 1.34 2,080 1,560 1,040 120 2,105 0.67 560 420 280
(304.8) (18,615) (3.40) (9,250) (6,935) (4,625) (304.8) (9,360) (1.71) (2,490) (1,865) (1,245)
144 3,485 1.93 1,445 1,080 720 144 1,755 0.97 390 290 195
(365.8) (15,500) (4.90) (6,425) (4,800) (3,200) (365.8) (7,805) (2.47) (1,730) (1,285) (865)
168 2,990 2.63 1,060 795 530 168 1,505 1.32 285 215 140
(426.7) (13,300) (6.67) (4,715) (3,535) (2,355) (426.7) (6,690) (3.36) (1,265) (955) (620)
192 2,615 3.43 810 610 405 192 1,315 1.72 220 165 110
(487.7) (11,630) (8.71) (3,600) (2,710) (1,800) (487.7) (5,845) (4.38) (975) (730) (485)
216 2,325 4.34 640 480 320 216 1,170 2.18 170 130 85
(548.6) (10,340) (11.02) (2,845) (2,135) (1,420) (548.6) (5,200) (5.55) (755) (575) (375)
240 2,090 5.35 520 390 260 240 1,050 2.69 140 105 70
(609.6) (9,295) (13.59) (2,310) (1,730) (1,155) (609.6) (4,670) (6.83) (620) (465) (310)

Table 51 - MT-80 Maximum Factored Column

Loads1,2,6,7,8 Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using
Factored the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
Unbraced Load at
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,
Height Girder
respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) 3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported
24 17,020 42,875 42,875 42,875 42,875
(61.0) (75,710) (190,725) (190,725) (190,725) (190,725) ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
36 16,615 42,875 42,875 42,875 42,045 load and deflection modification factors.
(91.4) (73,920) (190,725) (190,725) (190,725) (187,035) 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
48 16,070 42,875 42,875 39,835 34,205 Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
(121.9) (71,485) (190,725) (190,725) (177,200) (152,160) reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
60 15,015 42,875 39,835 32,960 26,760
(152.4) (66,805) (190,725) (177,200) (146,615) (119,040) 5. Profile weight, 4.43 lbs/ft (64.67 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
72 12,365 40,405 34,205 26,760 19,785 factored beam load values.
(182.9) (55,025) (179,735) (152,160) (119,040) (88,010) 6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
84 11,185 35,755 29,220 20,920 14,535 7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
(213.4) (49,770) (159,045) (130,000) (93,070) (64,660) 8. Maximum factored load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.
96 10,020 31,715 24,360 16,025 11,130
(243.8) (44,580) (141,080) (108,375) (71,290) (49,510) (1-15/16“)
108 8,870 27,675 19,785 12,660 8,790 50
(274.3) (39,460) (123,110) (88,010) (56,335) (39,105) (1-15/16“)

120 7,830 23,770 16,025 10,250 7,120 50 50

(1/8“) (1-15/16“)
(304.8) (34,845) (105,750) (71,290) (45,605) (31,675) 3
144 6,190 16,860 11,130 7,120
**
(365.8) (27,540) (75,005) (49,510) (31,675) 23x23
100 (7/8“ x 7/8“)
(3-15/16“)
∅10.9
(7/16“)
∅ 9.2
(3/8“) mm (in)

2023 46
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 52 - MT-90 Maximum Factored Beam Loads: Table 53 - MT-90 Maximum Factored Column
X-axis and Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Loads1,2,6,7,8
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G.
Factored At Max Factored
Uniform Uniform Unbraced Load at
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Height Girder
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
24 30,935 0.05 30,935 30,935 30,935 (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
(61.0) (137,605) (0.12) (137,605) (137,605) (137,605) 24 25,920 64,855 64,855 64,855 64,855
36 20,620 0.11 20,620 20,620 18,735 (61.0) (115,295) (288,500) (288,500) (288,500) (288,500)
(91.4) (91,720) (0.28) (91,720) (91,720) (83,335) 36 25,715 64,855 64,855 64,855 64,855
48 15,465 0.20 15,465 15,465 10,535 (91.4) (114,395) (288,500) (288,500) (288,500) (288,500)
(121.9) (68,790) (0.50) (68,790) (68,790) (46,860) 48 25,455 64,855 64,855 64,855 64,610
60 12,370 0.31 12,370 10,115 6,745 (121.9) (113,245) (288,500) (288,500) (288,500) (287,410)
(152.4) (55,020) (0.78) (55,020) (44,990) (30,000) 60 25,155 64,855 64,855 64,035 60,890
72 10,310 0.44 9,365 7,025 4,680 (152.4) (111,905) (288,500) (288,500) (284,850) (270,850)
(182.9) (45,860) (1.12) (41,655) (31,245) (20,815) 72 24,780 64,855 64,610 60,890 55,935
84 8,835 0.60 6,880 5,160 3,440 (182.9) (110,235) (288,500) (287,410) (270,850) (248,820)
(213.4) (39,295) (1.52) (30,600) (22,950) (15,300) 84 24,015 64,855 62,200 56,705 51,110
96 7,730 0.78 5,265 3,950 2,630 (213.4) (106,845) (288,500) (276,675) (252,245) (227,355)
(243.8) (34,380) (1.99) (23,415) (17,570) (11,695) 96 23,180 63,430 59,520 52,750 46,065
108 6,870 0.99 4,160 3,120 2,080 (243.8) (103,130) (282,155) (264,770) (234,660) (204,905)
(274.3) (30,555) (2.51) (18,500) (13,875) (9,250) 108 20,790 61,385 55,935 48,605 40,935
120 6,185 1.22 3,370 2,525 1,685 (274.3) (92,495) (273,060) (248,820) (216,210) (182,105)
(304.8) (27,510) (3.11) (14,990) (11,230) (7,495) 120 19,915 59,165 52,750 44,355 35,880
144 5,155 1.76 2,340 1,755 1,170 (304.8) (88,585) (263,200) (234,660) (197,320) (159,620)
(365.8) (22,930) (4.47) (10,405) (7,805) (5,200) 144 18,085 53,565 46,065 35,880 26,385
168 4,415 2.39 1,720 1,290 860 (365.8) (80,450) (238,280) (204,905) (159,620) (117,375)
(426.7) (19,635) (6.08) (7,650) (5,735) (3,825) 168 16,240 48,185 39,240 27,910 19,385
192 3,865 3.13 1,315 985 655 (426.7) (72,255) (214,355) (174,545) (124,165) (86,250)
(487.7) (17,190) (7.95) (5,845) (4,380) (2,910) 192 14,425 42,645 32,615 21,375 14,835
216 3,435 3.96 1,040 780 520 (487.7) (64,185) (189,695) (145,080) (95,085) (66,005)
(548.6) (15,275) (10.06) (4,625) (3,465) (2,310) 216 12,670 37,135 26,385 16,880 11,725
240 3,090 4.89 840 630 420 (548.6) (56,365) (165,190) (117,375) (75,105) (52,175)
(609.6) (13,740) (12.41) (3,735) (2,800) (1,865) 240 11,130 31,815 21,375 13,680 9,495
(609.6) (49,510) (141,525) (95,085) (60,850) (42,245)

Notes:
(1-15/16“) 50
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
50 (1-15/16“)
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using (3-15/16“)

the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group. 100

(1/8“) 50
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80, 3
(1-15/16“)

respectively.
3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
100
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported (3-15/16“)
ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
load and deflection modification factors.
∅ 9.2
4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced. (3/8“)
Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for mm (in)
reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
5. Profile weight, 6.01 lbs/ft (87.74 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
factored beam load values.
6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
8. Maximum factored load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.

2023 47
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES

Table 54 - MT-100 Maximum Factored Table 55 - MT-100 Maximum Factored

Beam Loads: X-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5 Beam Loads: Y-axis Bending1,2,3,4,5
Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection Max Defl. Uniform Loading at Deflection
Factored At Max Factored At Max
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 Span Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360
in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) in (cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N)
24 67,500 0.03 67,500 67,500 67,500 24 51,055 0.05 51,055 51,055 51,055
(61.0) (300,250) (0.09) (300,250) (300,250) (300,250) (61.0) (227,100) (0.12) (227,100) (227,100) (227,100)
36 45,000 0.08 45,000 45,000 45,000 36 34,035 0.11 34,035 34,035 31,440
(91.4) (200,165) (0.20) (200,165) (200,165) (200,165) (91.4) (151,390) (0.27) (151,390) (151,390) (139,850)
48 33,750 0.14 33,750 33,750 32,845 48 25,525 0.19 25,525 25,525 17,685
(121.9) (150,125) (0.35) (150,125) (150,125) (146,100) (121.9) (113,540) (0.49) (113,540) (113,540) (78,665)
60 27,000 0.21 27,000 27,000 21,020 60 20,420 0.30 20,420 16,975 11,315
(152.4) (120,100) (0.54) (120,100) (120,100) (93,500) (152.4) (90,830) (0.76) (90,830) (75,505) (50,330)
72 22,500 0.31 22,500 21,895 14,595 72 17,015 0.43 15,720 11,790 7,860
(182.9) (100,080) (0.78) (100,080) (97,390) (64,920) (182.9) (75,685) (1.10) (69,925) (52,440) (34,960)
84 19,285 0.42 19,285 16,085 10,725 84 14,585 0.59 11,550 8,660 5,775
(213.4) (85,780) (1.07) (85,780) (71,545) (47,705) (213.4) (64,875) (1.50) (51,375) (38,520) (25,685)
96 16,875 0.55 16,420 12,315 8,210 96 12,760 0.77 8,840 6,630 4,420
(243.8) (75,060) (1.39) (73,035) (54,775) (36,515) (243.8) (56,755) (1.95) (39,320) (29,490) (19,660)
108 15,000 0.69 12,975 9,730 6,485 108 11,345 0.97 6,985 5,240 3,490
(274.3) (66,720) (1.76) (57,715) (43,280) (28,845) (274.3) (50,460) (2.47) (31,070) (23,305) (15,520)
120 13,500 0.86 10,510 7,880 5,255 120 10,210 1.20 5,655 4,240 2,825
(304.8) (60,050) (2.17) (46,750) (35,050) (23,375) (304.8) (45,415) (3.05) (25,150) (18,860) (12,565)
144 11,250 1.23 7,295 5,470 3,645 144 8,505 1.73 3,930 2,945 1,965
(365.8) (50,040) (3.13) (32,445) (24,330) (16,210) (365.8) (37,830) (4.40) (17,480) (13,095) (8,740)
168 9,640 1.68 5,360 4,020 2,680 168 7,290 2.36 2,885 2,165 1,440
(426.7) (42,880) (4.26) (23,840) (17,880) (11,920) (426.7) (32,425) (5.98) (12,830) (9,630) (6,405)
192 8,435 2.19 4,105 3,075 2,050 192 6,380 3.08 2,210 1,655 1,105
(487.7) (37,520) (5.57) (18,255) (13,675) (9,115) (487.7) (28,375) (7.82) (9,830) (7,360) (4,915)
216 7,500 2.77 3,240 2,430 1,620 216 5,670 3.90 1,745 1,310 870
(548.6) (33,360) (7.05) (14,410) (10,805) (7,205) (548.6) (25,220) (9.89) (7,760) (5,825) (3,865)
240 6,750 3.42 2,625 1,970 1,310 240 5,105 4.81 1,410 1,060 705
(609.6) (30,025) (8.70) (11,675) (8,760) (5,825) (609.6) (22,705) (12.22) (6,270) (4,715) (3,135)

Table 56 - MT-100 Maximum Factored Column

Loads1,2,6,7,8 Notes:
1. Loads are based on ICC-ES ELC-5019 and CSA S136-16, the North American
Max Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using
Factored the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada), CSA Group.
Unbraced Load at
2. Resistance factors for flexure and compression are 0.90 and 0.80,
Height Girder
respectively.
in Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K = 1.0 K = 1.2
(cm) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) lbs (N) 3. Maximum factored beam loads in table are given in total uniform load (W
* Span) and based on a uniformly loaded condition with simply supported
24 37,180 96,880 96,880 96,880 96,880
(61.0) (165,385) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) ends. For other loading and support conditions, see page 32 for applicable
36 37,065 96,880 96,880 96,880 96,880 load and deflection modification factors.
(91.4) (164,875) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) 4. Beams spans in table are assumed to be sufficiently laterally braced.
48 36,960 96,880 96,880 96,880 96,880 Unbraced spans may reduce beam load carrying capacity. See page 49 for
(121.9) (164,430) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) reduction factors for unbraced conditions.
60 36,705 96,880 96,880 96,880 96,880
(152.4) (163,270) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) 5. Profile weight, 10.0 lbs/ft (145.99 N/m), must be deducted from maximum
72 36,460 96,880 96,880 96,880 94,665 factored beam load values.
(182.9) (162,180) (430,950) (430,950) (430,950) (421,085) 6. C.G. is the ‘Center of Gravity’ of the cross section.
84 36,215 96,880 96,880 95,875 87,090 7. ** indicates KL/r for compression exceeds 200.
(213.4) (161,095) (430,950) (430,950) (426,475) (387,400) 8. Maximum factored load at girder face assumes K value of 0.8.
96 35,855 96,880 96,880 89,675 79,095
(243.8) (159,495) (430,950) (430,950) (398,895) (351,845) 50
108 34,990 96,880 94,665 83,130 70,920 (1-15/16“) 50 (1-15/16“)
(274.3) (155,650) (430,950) (421,085) (369,780) (315,465) (3-15/16“)

120 33,925 96,880 89,675 76,380 62,780 100

(3/16“) 50
(304.8) (150,905) (430,950) (398,895) (339,770) (279,275) 4 (1-15/16“)
144 31,605 90,940 78,320 62,780 47,340 50
(365.8) (140,595) (404,535) (348,390) (279,275) (210,575) (1-15/16“)
168 29,085 82,460 68,195 49,795 34,800
(426.7) (129,385) (366,805) (303,360) (221,495) (154,815) 150
(5-7/8“)
192 26,420 73,655 57,470 38,375 26,645
(487.7) (117,535) (327,640) (255,640) (170,700) (118,530) mm (in)
216 23,700 64,800 47,340 30,315 21,050
(548.6) (105,430) (288,240) (210,575) (134,865) (93,645) ∅ 9.2
(3/8“)
240 20,995 56,160 38,375 24,555 17,055
(609.6) (93,385) (249,805) (170,700) (109,240) (75,870)
2023 48
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.1.2 MT BEAM AND COLUMN LOAD TABLES
Table 57 - MT Beam Load Reduction Factors for Laterally Unbraced Channels1,2,3,4
MT-20 MT-30 MT-50 MT-60
Span
in (cm) x-axis y-axis x-axis y-axis x-axis y-axis x-axis y-axis
12
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(30.5)
24
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.91 1.00
(51.0)
36
0.98 1.00 0.86 0.90 0.79 0.95 0.89 1.00
(91.4)
48
0.90 1.00 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.90 0.76 1.00
(121.9)
60
0.83 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.70 0.69 0.64 1.00
(152.4)
72
0.77 0.95 0.81 0.62 0.66 0.69 0.54 1.00
(182.9)
84
- - 0.78 0.53 0.63 0.69 0.46 0.99
(213.3)
96
- - 0.76 0.45 0.59 0.69 0.41 0.97
(243.8)
108
- - 0.74 0.40 0.57 0.69 0.37 0.94
(274.3)
120
- - 0.72 0.35 0.54 0.67 0.35 0.92
(304.8)
144
- - 0.69 0.29 0.49 0.60 0.31 0.86
(365.8)
168
- - 0.65 0.25 0.44 0.53 0.28 0.79
(426.7)
192
- - 0.61 0.22 0.41 0.46 0.26 0.73
(487.7)
216
- - 0.58 0.19 0.38 0.41 0.24 0.68
(548.6)
240
- - 0.54 0.17 0.35 0.36 0.23 0.62
(609.6)
1. Linear interpolation is not permitted.
2. Reduction factors in table are based on loading through the shear center of the cross section. The impact of torsion is not accounted for in these values.
3. Reduction factors are to be applied to the tabulated beam load values for fully braced spans. Additional modification factors based on loading and support
conditions may apply per Table 12 on page 32.
4. Tabulated values conservatively assume a value for the lateral torsional-buckling modification factor, C b, of 1.0.

Table 58 - MT Beam Load Reduction Factors for Laterally Unbraced Girders1,2

MT-70 MT-80 MT-90 MT-100
Span
in (cm) x- and y-axis x- and y-axis x- and y-axis x- and y-axis
24
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(51.0)
36
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(91.4)
48
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(121.9)
60
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(152.4)
72
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(182.9)
84
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(213.3)
96
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(243.8)
108
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(274.3)
120
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(304.8)
144
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(365.8)
168
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(426.7)
192
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(487.7)
216
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(548.6)
240
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(609.6)
1. No reductions to the published allowable MT beam load capacities herein are required for unbraced girder
spans up to 240 inches.
2. Additional modification factors based on loading and support conditions may apply per Table 12 on page 32.

2023 49
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.1 MT CONNECTION MECHANISMS
MT-TFB OC
Description
Thread forming bolt for MT-70, MT-80, MT-90, and
MT-100 connection. Thread forming bolt is fastened using
the TX-50 or an 11/16" diameter socket.

Approvals / Listings

City of Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 2020

LABC LARR 26181

European Technical Assessment ETA-21/1017

Material Specifications 7;

Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
136.34 (940) 150.84 (1,040)


Corrosion Protection “)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) mm (in)

MT-TFB OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-TFB OC 0.07 (0.03) 250 2272084

Figure 1 - MT Connection Table 59 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3

Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,650 2,550
(7.33) (11.33)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load
and Resistance factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 1.

Table 60 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,140 3,310
(9.53) (14.73)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 1.

2023 50
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.1 MT CONNECTION MECHANISMS
MT-TL M10 + MT TLB
Description
Twist lock and bolt for channel connection system.

Approvals / Listings

City of Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 2020

LABC LARR 26181

European Technical Assessment ETA-21/1017

Material Specifications
Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
MT-TL M10 MT-TLB / MT-TLB 30
92.82 (640) 116.03 (800)

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-TL M10
MT-TLB
MT-TLB 30

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MT-TL M10 OC
MT-TLB OC
MT-TLB 30 OC

MT-TL M10 OC MT-TLB OC / MT-TLB 30 OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-TL M10 0.07 (0.03) 50 2272080
MT-TL M10 OC 0.07 (0.03) 50 2272082
MT-TLB 0.06 (0.03) 200 2273254
MT-TLB 30 0.06 (0.03) 200 2282190
MT-TLB OC 0.06 (0.03) 200 2273256
MT-TLB 30 OC 0.06 (0.03) 200 2282191

Figure 2 - MT-TL with MT-TLB Connection Table 61 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Tension Shear
Description
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,125 1,010
MT-TL M10 OC
(5.00) (4.50)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values in table are for MT-TL M10 with MT-TLB.
4. See Figure 2.

Table 62 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Tension Shear
Description
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,570 1,410
MT-TL M10 OC
(6.96) (6.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. Tabulated values in table are for MT-TL M10 with MT-TLB.
3. See Figure 2.

2023 51
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.1 MT CONNECTION MECHANISMS
MT-TL 3/8" AND 1/2"
Description
Twist lock – for threaded rod to channel connection. MT-TL
3/8 and MT-TL 1/2 are valid for media fixation only and are not
compatible with MT connectors.

Approvals / Listings

City of Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 2020

LABC LARR 26181

European Technical Assessment ETA-21/1017

MT-TL 3/8
Corrosion Protection MT-TL 1/2
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-TL 3/8
MT-TL 1/2

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MT-TL 3/8 OC
MT-TL 1/2 OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-TL 3/8 0.07 (0.03) 50 2273636
MT-TL 3/8 OC
MT-TL 3/8 OC 0.07 (0.03) 50 2273637
MT-TL 1/2 OC
MT-TL 1/2 0.07 (0.03) 30 2273638
MT-TL 1/2 OC 0.07 (0.03) 30 2273639

Figure 3 - MT-TL with Threaded Rod Connection Table 63 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Tension Shear
Description
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,125 1,010
MT-TL 3/8 OC
(5.00) (4.50)

MT-TL 1/2 OC 1,125 1,010

(5.00) (4.50)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Loads are for twist-lock mechanism only. Design professional is responsible for checking
threaded rod strength.
4 See Figure 3.

Table 64 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Tension Shear
Description
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,570 1,410
MT-TL 3/8 OC
(6.96) (6.26)

MT-TL 1/2 OC 1,570 1,410

(6.96) (6.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. Loads are for twist-lock mechanism only. Design professional is responsible for checking
threaded rod strength.
3. See Figure 3.

2023 52
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.1 MT CONNECTION MECHANISMS
MT-CTAB
Description
Screw for channel connections. MT-CTAB screw is fastened
using the TX-50 or an 11/16" (17 mm) diameter socket.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
EN-10025-2 S235 JR 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of EN-10025-2 Grade S235 JR meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG) “)

MT-CTAB 
“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MT-CTAB OC
0
Ordering Information
mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-CTAB 0.11 (0.05) 100 2332797
MT-CTAB OC 0.11 (0.05) 100 2332788

Figure 4 - MT Channel Connection Table 65 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
415 505 1,405
(1.86) (2.26) (6.25)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 4.

Table 66 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-30/50/60 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
B. MT-40D
525 810 1,850
C. MT-CTAB (2.35) (3.61) (8.23)
D. MT-TL 1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 4.

Figure 5 - MT Channel Connection Table 67 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
505 505 1,405
(2.26) (2.26) (6.25)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
A. MT-30/50/60 (LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 5.
B. MT-50/60
C. MT-CTAB Table 68 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
810 810 1,850
(3.61) (3.61) (8.23)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 5.

2023 53
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-L
Description
1-hole base plate for channel-to-concrete or channel-to-
steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-B-L

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) ੋ

“)

MT-B-L OC
[ 
“ x “) “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)
“)
MT-B-L 0.27 (0.12) 20 2272086  “)

MT-B-L OC 0.27 (0.12) 20 2272088 mm (in)

Figure 6 - MT Channel Anchoring to Concrete Table 69 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
975 975
(4.35) (4.35)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load
and Resistance factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 6.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional
is responsible for checking concrete and fastener strength.

Table 70 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fz
A. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,290 1,290
(5.74) (5.74)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 6.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional
is responsible for checking concrete and fastener strength.

2023 54
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-T
Description
2-hole ‘T’ base plate for channel-to-concrete or channel-to-steel
(X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
“)
MT-B-T


“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) [
“ x “)
MT-B-T OC
“)  ੋ
Ordering Information “)

Weight Per Piece Quantity 

Description Item No. “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-B-T 1.25 (0.57) 20 2272090
MT-B-T OC 1.25 (0.57) 20 2272092

Figure 7 - MT Concentric Channel Connection Table 71 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,400 725 225
(6.24) (3.23) (1.01)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 7.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 72 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-30/50/60/40D Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,890 1,005 310
(8.42) (4.49) (1.40)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.45.
2. See Figure 7.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Figure 8 - MT Eccentric Channel Connection Table 73 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,450 225 725
(6.46) (1.01) (3.23)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 8.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
Table 74 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-50 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,960 310 1,005
(8.72) (1.40) (4.49)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.45.
2. See Figure 8.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for
2023 checking concrete and fastener strength. 55
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-O2
Description
2-hole base plate for channel-to-concrete or channel-to-
steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-B-O2 ੋ
“) 
“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)  “)

“ x “)
MT-B-O2 OC [

Ordering Information “)

 “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-B-O2 2.27 (1.03) 12 2272094
MT-B-O2 OC 2.27 (1.03) 12 2272096

Figure 9 - MT Concentric Channel Connection Table 75 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
2,105 350 980 720
(9.38) (1.56) (4.36) (0.98)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.35.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 9.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
Table 76 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
A. MT-30/50/60/40D
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
2,775 490 1,250 925
(12.35) (2.18) (5.57) (1.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 9.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Figure 10 - MT Eccentric Channel Connection Table 77 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
2,105 350 240 255
(9.38) (1.56) (1.08) (0.35)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 10.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
Table 78 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
A. MT-50 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
2,660 490 310 335
(11.85) (2.18) (1.40) (0.46)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 10.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for
2023 checking concrete and fastener strength. 56
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-O4
Description
4-hole base plate for back-to-back channel attachment to
concrete or steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-B-O4 ੋ 
“) “) “)
ੋ
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)  “)

MT-B-O4 OC

 “)
Ordering Information “) 
“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-B-O4 7.28 (3.3) 4 2272098
MT-B-O4 OC 7.28 (3.3) 4 2272099

Figure 11 - MT Channel Anchoring to Concrete Table 79 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
3,030 700 3,590 3,485 1,860
(13.50) (3.12) (15.98) (4.73) (2.53)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 11.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 80 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
A. MT-40D lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
4,095 945 4,665 5,015 2,645
(18.23) (4.21) (20.77) (6.80) (3.59)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 11.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

2023 57
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-O2B
Description
2-hole base plate for back-to-back channel-to-concrete or
channel-to-steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-B-O2B 
ੋ “)
“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

“ x “)  “)
MT-B-O2B OC [


“)
Ordering Information 
 “)
“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-B-O2B 4.54 (2.06) 6 2282212
MT-B-O2B OC 4.54 (2.06) 6 2282213

Figure 12 - MT Channel Anchoring to Concrete Table 81 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
3,030 700 3,590 600
(13.50) (3.12) (15.98) (0.82)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 12.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 82 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My
A. MT-40D lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
4,095 945 4,665 815
(18.23) (4.21) (20.77) (1.11)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 12.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

2023 58
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GS T OC
Description
Base connector for anchoring MT-70 and MT-80 girder
structures to concrete and steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection [

“ x “)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

“) “)
MT-B-GS T OC ੋ
 “)
ੋ
“)
Ordering Information

“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No. “) 
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)  “)

MT-B-GS T OC 4.78 (2.17) 2 2272100 mm (in)

Figure 13 - MT Girder Anchoring to Concrete Table 83 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
4,950 2,695 3,615 815
(22.03) (12.00) (16.1) (1.11)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for
checking concrete and fastener strength.
4. See Figure 13.

Table 84 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-70/80 Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
7,025 3,525 5,125 1,230
(31.27) (15.70) (22.80) (1.67)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2 Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for
checking concrete and fastener strength.
3. See Figure 13.

Figure 14 - MT Girder-to-Girder Connection Table 85 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
4,235 1,870 3,120 800
(18.84) (8.32) (13.89) (1.09)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 14.

Table 86 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
A. MT-70/80
B. MT-90/100 6,010 2,810 4,360 1,205
(26.74) (12.51) (19.40) (1.64)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 14.

2023 59
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GS O4U OC
Description
4-hole base plate for MT-70 and MT-80 girder to concrete.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “) [
 “ x “)
MT-B-GS O4U OC “)
ੋ
ੋ “)

 “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  “)

MT-B-GS O4U OC 10.36 (4.7) 4 2272101

“) 
“)

mm (in)

Figure 15 - MT Girder Anchoring to Concrete Table 87 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
12,115 2,610 3,005 1,010 830
(53.89) (11.62) (13.38) (1.37) (1.13)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 15.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 88 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
A. MT-70/80 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
15,750 3,395 3,910 1,435 1,080
(70.06) (15.11) (17.40) (1.95) (1.47)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 15.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

2023 60
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GL O4 OC
Description
4-hole base plate for MT-90 girder-to-concrete.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

MT-B-GL O4 OC “) ੋ
ੋ “)

 “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No.  “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s) ‘“) 
‘“)
MT-B-GL O4 OC 30.86 (14) 1 2272103
mm (in)

Figure 16 - MT Girder Anchoring to Concrete Table 89 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
27,175 12,265 12,265 5,560 5,560
(120.9) (54.56) (54.56) (7.54) (7.54)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 16.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 90 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
A. MT-90 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
38,505 17,375 17,375 7,845 7,845
(171.3) (77.29) (77.29) (10.64) (10.64)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 16.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

2023 61
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GXL O4 OC
Description
4-hole base plate for MT-100 girder structures to concrete.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

MT-B-GXL O4 OC
“) ੋ
ੋ  “)

 “)

Ordering Information
 
“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity ‘“) 
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) ‘“)

MT-B-GXL O4 OC 30.86 (14) 1 2272104

mm (in)

Figure 17 - MT Girder Anchoring to Concrete Table 91 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
32,340 19,470 20,750 13,050 8,640
(143.9) (86.63) (92.32) (17.70) (11.72)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 17.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 92 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
A. MT-100 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
45,860 27,580 29,380 16,980 11,240
(204.0) (122.7) (130.7) (23.02) (15.24)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.70.
2. See Figure 17.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

2023 62
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GXL S1 OC
Description
Base plate for fixation of MT-90 and MT-100 girder structures
to 3.1"-6.9" steel flange widths (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection “)


“ x “)
[
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “ x “)
[ ੋ “)
MT-B-GXL S1 OC  “)

Ordering Information 
“) 
 “)

Weight Per Piece Quantity

“)

Description Item No.  “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)

MT-B-GXL S1 OC 20.72 (9.4) 2 2272106 mm (in)

Figure 18 - MT Girder Sandwiched to Steel Table 93 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5

MT-P-G-S1 Fx Fy 5 Fz5 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
16,790 3,345 3,345 4,835 2,445
(74.7) (14.9) (14.9) (6.56) (3.32)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.1.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values require that minimum grade 8.8 threaded rods must be used.
4. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 18. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
5. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not
due to gravity loads.

A. MT-90/100
Table 94 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx F y4 Fz4 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
25,170 5,035 5,035 6,290 3,670
(112.0) (22.4) (22.4) (8.53) (4.98)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values require that minimum grade 8.8 threaded rods must be used.
3. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 18. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
4. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not due to gravity loads.

Figure 19 - MT Girder Clamped to Steel Table 95 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx F y4 Fz4 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
MI-SGC-M16 14,380 1,545 1,545 4,835 2,100
(4 total) (64.0) (6.88) (6.88) (6.56) (2.85)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 19. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
4. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not
due to gravity loads.

Table 96 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy 3 Fz3 My Mz
A. MT-90/100 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
21,580 2,315 2,315 6,290 3,145
(96.0) (10.3) (10.3) (8.53) (4.27)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 19. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
3. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and
not due to gravity loads.

2023 63
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GXL S2 OC
Description
Base plate for fixation of MT-90 and MT-100 girder structures
to 5.9"-9.7" steel flange widths.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.
“ x “)
Corrosion Protection
“)
 [
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “ x “)
[  “)
MT-B-GXL S2 OC

Ordering Information  “)
“)

 ‘“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-B-GXL S2 OC 20.72 (9.4) 2 2272107

Figure 20 - MT Girder Sandwiched to Steel Table 97 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5

MT-P-G-S2
Fx Fy 5 Fz5 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
13,880 3,345 3,345 4,270 4,985
(61.75) (14.9) (14.9) (5.79) (6.76)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values require that minimum grade 8.8 threaded rods must be used.
4. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 20. Design Professional is responsible for checking
strength of supporting steel member.
5. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not
due to gravity loads.

Table 98 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

A. MT-90/100 Fx F y4 Fz4 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
20,810 5,035 5,035 6,290 7,470
(92.58) (22.4) (22.4) (8.53) (10.14)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values require that minimum grade 8.8 threaded rods must be used.
3. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 20. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
4. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not due to gravity loads.

Figure 21 - MT Girder Clamped to Steel Table 99 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx F y4 Fz4 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
13,880 1,545 1,545 3,655 4,270
(61.75) (6.88) (6.88) (4.96) (5.79)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 21. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
4. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not
due to gravity loads.

Table 100 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy 3 Fz3 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
20,810 2,315 2,315 5,485 6,405
A. MT-90/100 (92.58) (10.3) (10.3) (7.44) (8.69)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 21. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
3. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not due to gravity loads.

2023 64
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GXL S3 OC
Description
Base plate for fixation of MT-90 and MT-100 girder structures
to 9.1"-12.8" steel flange widths.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection “) “ x “)

[
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 
“ x “)  “)
MT-B-GXL S3 OC [

Ordering Information 

“)
 
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No.  ‘“)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
“)
MT-B-GXL S3 OC 23.81 (10.8) 2 2272108 mm (in)
Figure 22 - MT Girder Sandwiched to Steel Table 101 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5

MT-P-G-S3
Fx Fy 5 Fz5 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
8,440 3,345 3,345 3,700 4,450
(37.54) (14.9) (14.9) (5.02) (6.04)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values require that minimum grade 8.8 threaded rods must be used.
4. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 22. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
5. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not
due to gravity loads.

Table 102 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

A. MT-90/100 Fx F y4 Fz4 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
12,650 5,035 5,035 5,240 6,310
(56.28) (22.4) (22.4) (7.11) (8.56)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values require that minimum grade 8.8 threaded rods must be used.
3. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 22. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
4. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not due to gravity loads.

Figure 23 - MT Girder Clamped to Steel Table 103 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx F y4 Fz4 My Mz
MI-SGC-M16 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
(4 total)
8,440 1,545 1,545 3,655 4,450
(37.54) (6.88) (6.88) (4.96) (6.04)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 23. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
4. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not
due to gravity loads..

Table 104 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-90/100 Fx Fy 3 Fz3 My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
12,650 2,315 2,315 5,240 6,310
(56.28) (10.3) (10.3) (7.11) (8.56)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values are for assembly shown in Figure 23. Design Professional is responsible for
checking strength of supporting steel member.
3. Tabulated values are based on friction that is provided mechanically and not due to gravity loads.

2023 65
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-G WS NC
Description
Weldable starter bracket for all MT girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.
 “)
Corrosion Protection
Zinc (Ethyl) Silicate Primer [
“ x “)
MT-B-G WS NC1 (Weldable Primer)
1. "NC" indicates "non-coated".

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity  
Description Item No. “) “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-B-G WS NC 9.58 (4.34) 4 2272109 mm (in)

Figure 24 - MT Girder Connection Table 105 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
10,030 2,620 2,830 1,090 1,090
(44.62) (11.67) (12.61) (1.48) (1.48)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.1.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Welds to be checked by the design professional.
4. See Figure 24.

Table 106 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
A. MT-70/80/90/100 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
12,880 3,940 4,260 1,635 1,635
(57.31) (17.53) (18.96) (2.22) (2.22)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.70.
2. Welds to be checked by the design professional.
3. See Figure 24.

2023 66
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-G AS OC
Description
Base connector for MT-70 and MT-80 girder-to-concrete or
girder-to-steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection “) ੋ

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)  “)

MT-B-G AS OC
 “)

Ordering Information  ੋ

“) “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s) 
“)
MT-B-G AS OC 1.24 (0.56) 10 2332781

Figure 25 - MT Girder Anchoring to Concrete Table 107 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
9,660 1,570 5,360 1,665
(42.99) (7.00) (23.86) (2.26)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 25.
4. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

Table 108 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My
A. MT-70/80 (long side) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m)
13,240 2,360 8,045 2,505
(58.90) (10.52) (35.80) (3.40)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 25.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.

2023 67
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.2 MT BASE CONNECTORS
MT-B-GL O4C OC
Description
4-hole productivity base plate for MT-90 for girder-to-concrete.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

 “)
ੋ
MT-B-GL O4C OC “)


“)
Ordering Information ੋ
“)  “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)

MT-B-GL O4C OC 15.05 (6.83) 2 2343282  “)
“) 
“)

mm (in)

Figure 26 - MT-90 Anchoring to Concrete Table 109 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
9,835 2,250 3,255 2,300 1,125
(43.76) (10.01) (14.50) (3.12) (1.53)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.75.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
4. See Figure 26.

A. MT-90
Table 110 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb ft (kN m) lb ft (kN m)
13,965 3,380 4,560 2,905 3,190
(62.12) (15.04) (20.30) (3.94) (4.33)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
3. See Figure 26.

2023 68
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-L1
Description
2-hole angle connector for channel.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-L1
ੋ
“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-C-L1 OC 
“)

Ordering Information

Description
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  “)
“)  “)
MT-C-L1 0.44 (0.20) 20 2271514
mm (in)
MT-C-L1 OC 0.44 (0.20) 20 2271516

Figure 27 - MT Channel Connection Table 111 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,005 1,005
(4.48) (4.48)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 27.

Table 112 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fz
A. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,295 1,295
(5.78) (5.78)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 27.

2023 69
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-L2
Description
3-hole angle connector for channel-to-channel or
channel-to-girder.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-L2

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

ੋ
MT-C-L2 OC “)

“)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) 

MT-C-L2 0.57 (0.26) 20 2271518 “)  “) “)

MT-C-L2 OC 0.57 (0.26) 20 2271519 mm (in)

Figure 28 - MT Channel Connection Table 113 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
490 350 1,120
(2.18) (1.56) (5.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 28.

Table 114 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
735 490 1,370
A. MT-30/50/60/40D (3.29) (2.18) (6.10)
B. MT-30/50/60/40D/70/80/90/100 1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 28.

2023 70
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-T/1
Description
Wing fitting for assembling channel structures.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Pre-Galvanized (PG)
“)
MT-C-T/1 ੋ

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

“)
MT-C-T/1 OC

Ordering Information 


“) “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) mm (in)
MT-C-T/1 0.97 (0.44) 20 2272040
MT-C-T/1 OC 0.97 (0.44) 20 2272042

Figure 29 - MT Channel Connection Table 115 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
lb (kN)
580
(2.60)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 29.

Table 116 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-50 Fz
B. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN)
825
(3.68)
1. Resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 29.

Figure 30 - MT Channel Connection Table 117 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
lb (kN)
640
(2.86)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 30.

Table 118 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-50 Fz
B. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN)
910
(4.05)
1. Resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 30.

2023 71
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-LL1
Description
Wing fitting for assembling channel structures.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-LL1

ੋ
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

“)
MT-C-LL1 OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity mm (in)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
 “)
MT-C-LL1 1.75 (0.79) 10 2272047
MT-C-LL1 OC 1.75 (0.79) 10 2272049

Figure 31 - MT Channel Connection Table 119 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,130 170 1,130
(5.04) (0.77) (5.04)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 31.

Table 120 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,450 210 1,450
A. MT-30/50/60
(6.45) (0.95) (6.45)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 31.

2023 72
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
Additional Variants
Dual Connectors on Double Channel

A. MT-30/50/60
B. MT-40D

Single Channel Eccentric

A. MT-30/50/60
B. MT-40D

Both Channels Eccentric

A. MT-30/50/60

*Technical data for additional variants shown are available upon request.

2023 73
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-LL2
Description
8-hole angle connector for channels.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-LL2
ੋ 
“) “)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-C-LL2 OC

Ordering Information
mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  “)
MT-C-LL2 1.30 (0.59) 10 2272051
MT-C-LL2 OC 1.30 (0.59) 10 2272053

Figure 32 - MT Channel Connection Table 121 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,070 530 1,070
(4.78) (2.36) (4.78)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 32.

Table 122 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,380 645 1,380
(6.15) (2.88) (6.15)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 32.

Figure 33 - MT Channel Connection Table 123 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,025 170 1,025
(4.56) (0.77) (4.56)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 33.

Table 124 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-30/50/60/40D Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,320 210 1,320
(5.88) (0.95) (5.88)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 33.

2023 74
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-T/2
Description
T-connector for channels.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-T/2
“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

MT-C-T/2 OC 
“)

Ordering Information ੋ

“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-C-T/2 1.74 (0.79) 15 2272054
MT-C-T/2 OC 1.74 (0.79) 15 2272055

Figure 34 - MT Channel Connection Table 125 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,100 725 225
(9.36) (3.23) (1.01)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 34.

Table 126 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
A. MT-30/50/60
B. MT-40D 2,735 1,005 310
(12.17) (4.49) (1.40)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 34.

2023 75
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
Additional Variants
Supported Channel Rotated

A. MT-30/50/60

Supporting Channel Rotated

A. MT-30/50/60

Supported and Supporting Channels Rotated

A. MT-30/50/60

*Technical data for additional variants shown are available upon request.

2023 76
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-T A
Description
Angle bracket for channel-to-channel or channel-to-girder
connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-T A “)
0

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

“)
MT-C-T A OC 
“)
ੋ
“)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity “) 
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-C-T A 0.71 (0.32) 20 2272056 mm (in)
MT-C-T A OC 0.71 (0.32) 20 2272057

Figure 35 - MT Channel-to-Girder Connection Table 127 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,400 415 240
(6.23) (1.86) (1.08)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 35.

Table 128 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-30/50/60
B. MT-70/80/90/100 Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,880 560 385
(8.38) (2.51) (1.73)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 35.

2023 77
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-T 3D/2
Description
Two-sided 3D connector for channel.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
“)
MT-C-T 3D/2 ੋ

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MT-C-T 3D/2 OC 
“)

Ordering Information
 
Weight Per Piece Quantity “) “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-C-T 3D/2 0.92 (0.42) 10 2272058
MT-C-T 3D/2 OC 0.92 (0.42) 10 2272059

Figure 36 - MT Channel Connection Table 129 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fz
lb (kN)
1,010
(4.50)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 36.
4. Tabulated values represent the maximum total allowable load of the connector. The applied
load on a single horizontal leg cannot exceed 875 lbs (3.91 kN).

Table 130 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fz
lb (kN)

A. MT-30/50/60/40D 1,405
(6.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 36.
3. Tabulated values represent the maximum total factored load of the connector. The applied
load on a single horizontal leg cannot exceed 1,245 lbs (5.54 kN).

Figure 37 - MT Channel Connection Table 131 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fz
lb (kN)
1,010
(4.50)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 37.
4. Tabulated values represent the maximum total allowable load of the connector. The applied
load on a single horizontal leg cannot exceed 570 lbs (2.54 kN).

Table 132 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fz
A. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN)
1,405
(6.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 37.
3. Tabulated values represent the maximum total factored load of the connector.
The applied load on a single horizontal leg cannot exceed 805 lbs (3.60 kN).
2023 78
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-T 3D/3
Description
Three sided 3D connector for T-shape channel connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-C-T 3D/3
“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) ੋ

MT-C-T 3D/3 OC


Ordering Information “)

Weight Per Piece Quantity  

Description Item No. “) “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-C-T 3D/3 1.39 (0.63) 10 2272060 mm (in)
MT-C-T 3D/3 OC 1.39 (0.63) 10 2272061

Figure 38 - MT Channel Connection Table 133 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fz
lb (kN)
1,010
(4.50)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 38.
4. Tabulated values represent the maximum total allowable load of the connector. The applied
load on a single horizontal leg cannot exceed 845 lbs (3.77 kN).

Table 134 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fz
A. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN)
1,405
(6.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 38.
3. Tabulated values represent the maximum total factored load of the connector. The applied
load on a single horizontal leg cannot exceed 1,200 lbs (5.34 kN).

2023 79
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
Additional Variants
Supported Channels Rotated

A. MT-30/50/60/40D

Supporting Channel Rotated

A. MT-30/50/60/40D
B. MT-50

Supported and Supporting Channels Rotated

A. MT-30/50/60/40D
B. MT-50

*Technical data for additional variants shown are available upon request.

2023 80
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GS OC
Description
Angle connector for girder and channel connections. Use as base
for attachment to concrete or steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.
“) 

Corrosion Protection ੋ

“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-C-GS OC 
“)
“)
ੋ
Ordering Information

Weight Per Piece Quantity “)  “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-C-GS OC 0.88 (0.40) 10 2272064

Figure 39 - MT Channel Connection to Girder Table 135 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,230 310 950
(5.50) (1.37) (4.21)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 39.

Table 136 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-30/50/60/40D lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
B. MT-70/80/90/100 1,860 465 1,230
(8.27) (2.07) (5.47)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.70.
2. See Figure 39.

Figure 40 - MT Double Angle Connection Table 137 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
1,970 250 2,130 715
(8.78) (1.13) (9.49) (0.97)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 40.

Table 138 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-40D 2,785 380 3,205 925
B. MT-70/80/90/100 (12.39) (1.70) (14.27) (1.26)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.70.
2. See Figure 40.

2023 81
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
Additional Variants
Anchorage to Concrete

A. MT-70

Direct Fasten to Steel

A. MT-70

Single Angle Connection to MT Channel

A. MT-30/50/60/40D

Double Angle Connection to MT Girder

A. MT-80
B. MT-70/80
*Technical data for additional variants shown are available upon request.

2023 82
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GL OC
Description
Angle connector for MT-80 (long side), MT-90, and MT-100
girders. Use as base for attachment to concrete or steel
(X-BT/S-BT/F-BT compatible).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50. “) 

Corrosion Protection ੋ

“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-C-GL OC “) 
“)
ੋ
Ordering Information
“)  
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-C-GL OC 2.64 (1.2) 10 2272066

Figure 41 - MT Single Angle Connection Table 139 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3,070 2,610 3,240
(13.65) (11.6) (14.45)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 41.

Table 140 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
4,910 3,680 4,610
(21.83) (16.38) (20.52)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 41.

Figure 42 - MT Double Angle Connection Table 141 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
7,340 5,230 5,620 1,320 875
(32.65) (23.27) (25.00) (1.79) (1.19)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 42.

Table 142 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
10,690 7,360 7,975 1,870 1,140
(47.58) (32.76) (35.49) (2.54) (1.55)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 42.

2023 83
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
Additional Variants
Base Connector

A. MT-80 long side/90/100

B. MT-90/100

Direct Fasten to Steel

A. MT-80 long side/90/100

B. MT-90/100

*Technical data for additional variants shown are available upon request.

2023 84
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GS A OC
Description
Adjustable angle bracket for girder-to-girder connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “) 

MT-C-GS A OC [
“ x “)


Ordering Information “)
ੋ
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)

MT-C-GS A OC 0.86 (0.39) 10 2272068 “)  “) mm (in)

Figure 43 - MT Single Angle Connection Table 143 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
990 535 2,070
(4.42) (2.40) (9.23)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 43.

Table 144 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-70/80 (short side) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
B. MT-70/80/90/100
1,445 810 2,675
(6.44) (3.61) (11.91)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. See Figure 43.

Figure 44 - MT Double Angle Connection Table 145 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
3,295 1,585 5,965 1,045
(14.66) (7.07) (26.54) (1.42)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 44.

Table 146 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-70/80 (short side) 4,280 2,385 8,685 1,525
B. MT-70/80/90/100 (19.06) (10.63) (38.65) (2.07)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 44.

2023 85
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GL A OC
Description
Adjustable connector for MT-80 (long side), MT-90, and
MT-100 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

“) 
Corrosion Protection ੋ
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

MT-C-GL A OC

[ “)
“ x “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity “) 

Description Item No. “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-C-GL A OC 2.53 (1.15) 10 2272069

Figure 45 - MT Single Angle Connection Table 147 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,995 2,620 3,000
(13.33) (11.66) (13.36)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.1.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 45.

Table 148 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 (short side) 4,495 3,935 4,510
(20.00) (17.52) (20.08)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Φ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. See Figure 45.

Figure 46 - MT Double Angle Connection Table 149 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
6,560 5,275 5,615 1,320
(29.20) (23.47) (24.99) (1.79)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 46.

Table 150 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 (short side) 8,530 7,635 7,970 1,870
(37.96) (33.97) (35.47) (2.54)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 46.

2023 86
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GSP L OC
Description
Gusset plate for L-shaped connections with MT-70 and
MT-80 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
 “)
MT-C-GSP L OC
ੋ 
“) “)

Ordering Information

Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No. mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s) 
“)
MT-C-GSP L OC 0.93 (0.42) 10 2272073

Figure 47 - MT Girder Connection Table 151 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN cm) ft lb (kN m)
3,035 785 2,415 560 300
(13.52) (3.50) (10.76) (0.76) (0.41)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.1.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on brackets being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 47.

Table 152 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN cm) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-70/80 4,310 1,180 3,435 815 455
(19.19) (5.25) (15.28) (1.11) (0.62)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values are based on brackets being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 47.

2023 87
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GSP T OC
Description
Gusset plate for T-shaped connections with MT-70 and
MT-80 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection “)  ੋ 

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)
“)

MT-C-GSP T OC

Ordering Information

“) mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)

MT-C-GSP T OC 0.95 (0.43) 10 2272074

Figure 48 - MT Girder Connection Table 153 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
10,250 1,300 1,575 600 280
(45.60) (5.80) (7.01) (0.82) (0.38)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 48.

Table 154 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-70 13,375 1,955 2,365 855 420
B. MT-70/80 (long side) (59.50) (8.71) (10.54) (1.16) (0.57)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 48.

Figure 49 - MT Girder Connection Table 155 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
9,440 1,660 3,170 905 530
(42.00) (7.39) (14.11) (1.23) (0.72)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 49.

Table 156 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
13,400 2,495 4,415 1,280 800
A. MT-70 (59.62) (11.10) (19.64) (1.74) (1.09)
B. MT-70/80 (long side) 1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 49.

2023 88
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GLP T OC
Description
Gusset plate for T-shaped connections with MT-80, MT-90 or
MT-100 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection ੋ

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)  “) 
“)
MT-C-GLP T OC

Ordering Information
 mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity “) 
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)

MT-C-GLP T OC 4.03 (1.83) 8 2272075

Figure 50 - MT Girder Connection Table 157 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
19,240 1,870 5,545 2,385 795
(85.60) (8.33) (24.68) (3.24) (1.08)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.05.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 50.

Table 158 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 (long side) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
26,480 2,810 7,325 3,385 1,200
(117.80) (12.52) (32.60) (4.59) (1.63)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 50.

Figure 51 - MT Girder Connection Table 159 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
15,560 4,045 9,450 2,830 2,245
(69.22) (18.01) (42.04) (3.84) (3.05)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.05.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 51.

Table 160 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 (long side) 23,385 6,085 14,010 4,015 2,920
(104.04) (27.07) (62.34) (5.45) (3.96)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 51.

2023 89
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GLP X A OC
Description
Adjustable connector plate for cantilever with MT-80 (long side)
or MT-90 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “) ੋ “)
  “)
MT-C-GLP X A OC [
“x“)

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No. “) mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)

MT-C-GLP X A OC 2.25 (1.02) 10 2332783 “)

Figure 52 - MT Girder Connection Table 161 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
1,030 970 1,255 1,450
(4.59) (4.32) (5.60) (1.97)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 52.

Table 162 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
A. MT-80 (long side)/90 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
B. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 1,460 1,375 1,780 1,885
(6.50) (6.12) (7.93) (2.56)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 52.

2023 90
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GLP T A OC
Description
Adjustable gusset plate for T-shaped connections with MT-80,
MT-90, or MT-100 girders.

Material Specifications (3-9/16“)

90
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470) (3/16“) 4
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical 285
(7/16“x1-1/4“) (11-1/4“)
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.
11x31
(5/16“) ∅8
Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-C-GLP T A OC 160
(6-5/16“)

Ordering Information mm (in)

Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-C-GLP T A OC 2.14 (0.97) 8 2332784

Figure 53 - MT Girder Connection Table 163 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
14,685 960 5,485 1,865 1,320
(65.33) (4.28) (24.42) (2.53) (1.79)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 53.

Table 164 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 (long side) 22,070 1,445 7,245 2,800 1,865
(98.19) (6.43) (32.24) (3.80) (2.53)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 53.

Figure 54 - MT Girder Connection Table 165 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
16,820 3,390 7,625 2,950 2,565
(74.83) (15.10) (33.92) (4.00) (3.48)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.4.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 54.

Table 166 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
23,870 4,815 9,910 4,180 3,580
(106.22) (21.43) (44.10) (5.67) (4.86)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100 (long side) 2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 54.

2023 91
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GSP T A OC
Description
Adjustable gusset plate for T-shaped connections with MT-70
and MT-80 girders.  “)

Material Specifications

ੋ “)
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa) “)

GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470) [

“x“)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.
[
“x“)

Corrosion Protection 
“)

“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
mm (in)
MT-C-GSP T A OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-C-GSP T A OC 1.04 (0.47) 10 2332785

Figure 55 - MT Girder Connection Table 167 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
7,420 455 3,725 505 485
(33.02) (2.04) (16.59) (0.69) (0.66)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.25.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 55.

Table 168 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
10,535 690 5,290 720 690
A. MT-70/80 (long side) (46.87) (3.07) (23.55) (0.98) (0.94)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 55.

Figure 56 - MT Girder Connection Table 169 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
7,495 1,250 4,605 940 715
(33.34) (5.57) (20.49) (1.28) (0.97)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 56.

Table 170 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-70/80 (long side) 9,740 1,885 6,535 1,320 1,010
(43.34) (8.39) (29.08) (1.79) (1.37)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 56.

2023 92
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-GSP L A OC
Description
Adjustable gusset plate for L-shaped connections with MT-70
and MT-80 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical  “)
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection ੋ

“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

[
MT-C-GSP L A OC “x“)

Ordering Information 

 “)
“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-C-GSP L A OC 1.02 (0.46) 10 2332786

Figure 57 - MT Girder Connection Table 171 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
4,460 575 3,115 360 360
(19.84) (2.57) (13.86) (0.49) (0.49)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.25.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 57.

Table 172 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz My Mz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
6,405 865 4,290 505 545
A. MT-70/80 (28.50) (3.86) (19.10) (0.69) (0.74)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.7.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 57.

2023 93
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-LDP L1 OC
Description
Angle connector for channel-to-LDP (Load Distribution Plate) or
MT-70-to-LDP connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.
 “)

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
ੋ
MT-C-LDP L1 OC “)

“)

Ordering Information
 
“)  “) “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) mm (in)
MT-C-LDP L1 OC 0.45 (0.21) 8 2320180

Figure 58 - MT Channel Connection Table 173 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
685 380 450
(3.06) (1.71) (2.02)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 58.

Table 174 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-30/50/60
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
990 575 650
(4.41) (2.56) (2.91)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 58.

Figure 59 - MT Girder Connection Table 175 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
705 605 1,645
(3.15) (2.70) (7.33)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 59.

Table 176 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-70/80 (short side)
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,080 855 2,100
(4.82) (3.82) (9.35)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 59.

2023 94
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.3 MT SYSTEM CONNECTORS
MT-C-T 3D/2/HL OC
Description
3D connector for channel-to-channel connections on rooftop
applications.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
EN 10025-2 S235 JR 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of EN 10025-2 Grade S235 JR meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
[ੋ
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

MT-C-T 3D/2/HL OC
 

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)

MT-C-T 3D/2/HL OC 0.45 (0.21) 8 2320181

Figure 60 - MT Channel Connection Table 177 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz Mx My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
965 965 1,315 60 115
(4.31) (4.31) (5.87) (0.084) (0.156)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 60.

Table 178 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz Mx My
A. MT-50 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m) ft lb (kN m)
1,455 1,375 1,985 90 180
(6.48) (6.12) (8.83) (0.126) (0.250)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 60.

2023 95
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.4 MT SPLICE CONNECTORS
MT-ES-40
Description
Extension splice for channel.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-ES-40
“)
ੋ 
“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
ੋ
“)
MT-ES-40 OC


Ordering Information “)

“) mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-ES-40 1.79 (0.81) 12 2272062
MT-ES-40 OC 1.79 (0.81) 12 2272063

Figure 61 - Channel Splice Connection Table 179 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,105 130 1,210
(9.38) (0.58) (5.40)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 61.

Table 180 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
A. MT-30/50/60 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,930 180 1,685
(13.05) (0.81) (7.50)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 61.

Figure 62 - Channel Splice Connection Table 181 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
4,215 260 2,425 475
(18.76) (1.16) (10.80) (0.65)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 62.

Table 182 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
A. MT-40D
5,865 360 3,370 665
(26.10) (1.62) (15.00) (0.906)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 62.

2023 96
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.4 MT SPLICE CONNECTORS
MT-ES-60
Description
Extension splice for channel.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-ES-60 ੋ

ੋ

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)


MT-ES-60 OC


Ordering Information 

Weight Per Piece Quantity
mm (in)
Description Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s) 

MT-ES-60 5.45 (2.47) 8 2332415

MT-ES-60 OC 5.45 (2.47) 8 2332416

Figure 63 - Splice Extension for MT Channel Table 183 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,320 200 1,655
(10.33) (0.90) (7.37)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 63.

Table 184 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-60 Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3,230 265 2,300
*Splice connector is attached to MT Channels using 4 x MT-CTAB screws. (14.37) (1.19) (10.24)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 63.

Figure 64 - Splice Extension for MT Channel Table 185 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
835 80 1,320
(3.72) (0.37) (5.88)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 64.

Table 186 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-60 Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,055 95 1,705
(4.70) (0.44) (7.59)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 64.

2023 97
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.4 MT SPLICE CONNECTORS
MT-ES-70 OC
Description
Splice connector for coupling MT-70 or MT-80 girders
end-to-end.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) ੋ 
“) “)
MT-ES-70 OC
[
“ x “)

Ordering Information 

‘“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.  mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)
MT-ES-70 OC 4.03 (1.83) 4 2272078

Figure 65 - MT Splice Connection Table 187 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
10,180 1,100 1,795
(45.30) (4.90) (8.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.05.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 65.

Table 188 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-70 Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
13,240 1,435 2,335
(58.90) (6.40) (10.40)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 65.

Figure 66 - MT Splice Connection Table 189 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
20,360 2,200 3,595 3,340
(90.60) (9.80) (16.00) (4.53)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.3.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 66.

Table 190 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-80 (long side) Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
26,480 2,875 4,675 4,340
(117.80) (12.80) (20.80) (5.89)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 66.

2023 98
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.4 MT SPLICE CONNECTORS
MT-ES-90 OC
Description
Splice connector for coupling MT-90 or MT-100 girders
end-to-end.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
ੋ
“)
MT-ES-90 OC 
[ “)
“ x “)

Ordering Information

Weight Per Piece Quantity  ‘“)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)
mm (in)
MT-ES-90 OC 1.79 (0.81) 12 2272076

Figure 67 - MT Splice Connection Table 191 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
35,960 2,605 3,595 3,200
(160.0) (11.60) (16.00) (4.34)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 67.

Table 192 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
46,760 3,390 4,675 3,340
A. MT-90/100 (short side) (208.0) (15.10) (20.80) (4.53)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 67.

2023 99
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.5 MT BEAM CONNECTORS
MT-U-GL1 OC
Description
T-Post beam connector (horizontal) for MT-90 and MT-100.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.


Corrosion Protection ‘“)
“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

MT-U-GL1 OC

[
“ x “)
Ordering Information ੋ
ੋ “)
 “) “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. mm (in)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-U-GL1 OC 19.48 (8.84) 2 2272070

Figure 68 - T-Beam to MT Connection Table 193 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
14,545 1,545 4,690 1,940
(64.70) (6.88) (20.88) (2.63)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 68.
4. Loading in the negative x-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Table 194 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-90/100 (short side) Fx Fy Fz My
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) ft lb (kN m)
18,905 2,255 7,040 2,895
(84.10) (10.04) (31.32) (3.93)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. See Figure 68.
3. Loading in the negative x-direction is not recommended for this connector.

2023 100
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.6 MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS
MT-AB-A
Description
Adjustable brace for anchoring bracing of MT-50 channel.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-AB-A ੋ  “)
“)


Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)

“ x “)
MT-AB-A OC [

Ordering Information mm (in)


“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-AB-A 0.97 (0.44) 12 2346395
MT-AB-A OC 0.97 (0.44) 12 2346396

Figure 69 - MT Channel Base Anchorage Table 195 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fr
lb (kN)
2,060
(9.17)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for
checking base and anchor strength.
4. See Figure 69.

Table 196 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fr
lb (kN)
A. MT-50
2,610
(11.61)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.4.
2. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for
checking base and anchor strength.
3. See Figure 69.

2023 101
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.6 MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS
MT-AB-L 45
Description
45-degree angle brace for MT-50 channel to concrete and
channel-to-channel connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-AB-L 45

“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

ƒ
MT-AB-L 45 OC “)
ੋ
 “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity   “)
Description Item No. “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-AB-L 45 1.06 (0.48) 10 2272113
MT-AB-L 45 OC 1.06 (0.48) 10 2272114

Figure 70 - MT Channel Anchorage to Base Table 197 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fr
lb (kN)
975
(4.34)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for
checking concrete and fastener strength.
4. See Figure 70.

Table 198 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fr
A. MT-50 lb (kN)
1,230
(5.48)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. Load values are for base connector only. The design professional is responsible for
checking concrete and fastener strength.
3. See Figure 70.

Figure 71 - MT Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 199 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fr
lb (kN)
975
(4.34)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 71.

Table 200 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

A. MT-50 Fr
lb (kN)
1,230
(5.48)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 71.

2023 102
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.6 MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS
MT-AB-LL2 45
Description
45-degree angle bracket for bracing channel connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-AB-LL2 45

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

ƒ
MT-AB-LL2 45 OC “)
ੋ 
“)

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)  “)

MT-AB-LL2 45 1.32 (0.60) 10 2272115

mm (in)
MT-AB-LL2 45 OC 1.32 (0.60) 10 2273585

Figure 72 - MT Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 201 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fr
lb (kN)
1,300
(5.79)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 72.

Table 202 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fr
lb (kN)
A. MT-50
1,640
B. MT-50/60/40D (7.33)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.45.
2. See Figure 72.

2023 103
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.6 MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS
MT-AB-G T OC
Description
Angle brace connector for MT girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)
ੋ 
“) “)
MT-AB-G T OC 

Ordering Information

Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-AB-G T OC 0.77 (0.35) 4 2272116 mm (in)

Figure 73 - MT Girder Connection Table 203 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fr
lb (kN)
4,740
(21.10)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.35.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 73.

Table 204 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fr
A. MT-70/80/90/100 lb (kN)
6,315
(28.10)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 73.

2023 104
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.6 MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS
MT-B-GS AB OC
Description
Angle brace base connector for MT-70 girder to MT, concrete,
or steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT). “) 

“) ੋ
ੋ “)
Material Specifications
“) ੋ
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa) “) 

GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)

1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical

“)
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

“)

Corrosion Protection 
“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
mm (in)
MT-B-GS AB OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-B-GS AB OC 3.62 (1.64) 8 2332787

Figure 74 - MT Girder-to-Concrete Table 205 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fr
lb (kN)
3,795
(16.90)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.4.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
A. MT-70 4. See Figure 74.

Table 206 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fr
lb (kN)
5,280
(23.50)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.4.
2. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
3. See Figure 74.

Figure 75 - MT Girder-to-Girder Table 207 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fr
lb (kN)
2,940
(13.10)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 75.
A. MT-70
B. MT-80 (long side)/MT-90/MT-100 Table 208 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2
Fr
lb (kN)
4,180
(18.60)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. See Figure 75.

2023 105
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.6 MT ANGLE BRACES AND FITTINGS
MT-B-GL AB OC
Description
Adjustable angle brace base for MT-90 or MT-100 girder to MT,
concrete, or steel (X-BT/S-BT/F-BT).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.
 “)
“) 
Corrosion Protection “) ੋ ੋ
“)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) “)ੋ

MT-B-GL AB OC 
“)

Ordering Information 

“)

Weight Per Piece Quantity

Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
“)   “)
MT-B-GL AB OC 5.20 (2.36) 6 2353811
mm (in)

Figure 76 - MT Girder-to-Concrete Table 209 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fr
lb (kN)
5,035
(22.40)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
4. See Figure 76.

Table 210 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-90/100 (long side)
Fr
lb (kN)
7,125
(31.70)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.6.
2. Load values are for base connector only. Design professional is responsible for checking
concrete and fastener strength.
3. See Figure 76.

Figure 77 - MT Girder-to-Girder Table 211 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fr
lb (kN)
3,145
(14.00)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.2.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 77.

Table 212 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fr
lb (kN)
A. MT-90/100 (long side)
4,450
(19.80)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. See Figure 77.

2023 106
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2 MT COMPONENTS
3.2.7 MT BRACKETS
Table 213 - Material Specifications and Ordering Information
Material Fy Fu Type of Quantity
Description Specifications1,2 ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) Coating Finish Piece(s) Item No.
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-30 300 EN-10025-2 S235 JR Indoor Electro-Galvanized 12 2271288
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-30 300 OC EN-10025-2 S235 JR Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 12 2271289
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-30 450 EN-10025-2 S235 JR Indoor Electro-Galvanized 16 2271440
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-30 450 OC EN-10025-2 S235 JR Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 16 2271441
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 300 GB/T 700 Q235 B Indoor Electro-Galvanized 10 2271442
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 300 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 10 2271443
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 450 GB/T 700 Q235 B Indoor Electro-Galvanized 10 2271444
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 450 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 10 2271445
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 600 GB/T 700 Q235 B Indoor Electro-Galvanized 10 2271451
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 600 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 10 2271452
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 1000 GB/T 700 Q235 B Indoor Electro-Galvanized 10 2271446
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 1000 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 10 2271447
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 O4 600 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 4 2271455
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40 O4 1000 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 4 2271456
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D 600 GB/T 700 Q235 B Indoor Electro-Galvanized 6 2271448
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D 600 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 6 2271449
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D 1000 GB/T 700 Q235 B Indoor Electro-Galvanized 6 2271450
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D 1000 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 6 2271453
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D O4 600 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 4 2271459
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D O4 1000 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 4 2271461
(235) (370)
34.08 53.66
MT-BR-40D O4 1500 OC GB/T 700 Q235 B Outdoor Hot Dipped Galvanized 2 2271287
(235) (370)
1. Mechanical properties of EN-10025-2 Grade S235 JR meet or exceed the mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.
2. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

2023 107
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2 MT COMPONENTS
3.2.7 MT BRACKETS
Table 214 - MT Bracket Dimensions
MT-BR-30 300, MT-BR-30 300 OC
“)  “) “)
  “ x “ / “)
MT-BR-30 450, MT-BR-30 450 OC “)
 “ x “)
[ ੋ
 [
“)
Bent bracket – 13/16" (14 gauge) 
equivalent channel “) 
“)

“)

/

mm (in)

MT-BR-40 300, MT-BR-40 300 OC “ x “) [  “)

MT-BR-40 450, MT-BR-40 450 OC

MT-BR-40 600, MT-BR-40 600 OC /

MT-BR-40 1000, MT-BR-40 1000 OC “)

“)
Cantilever arm with 1-5/8" (14 gauge) 
equivalent channel “)

mm (in)

MT-BR-40 O4 600 OC “)


MT-BR-40 O4 1000 OC ੋ
“)
 “)
4-hole channel bracket – 1-5/8" (14
gauge) equivalent channel /


“)

“)

mm (in)

MT-BR-40D 600, MT-BR-40D 600 OC  “)

[
“ x “)
MT-BR-40D 1000, MT-BR-40D 1000 OC
2-hole channel bracket – back-to-back /
1-5/8" (14 gauge) equivalent channel

“)

“)


“)

mm (in)

MT-BR-40D O4 600 OC “)

ੋ 
MT-BR-40D O4 1000 OC “)
 “)
MT-BR-40D OC 1500 OC
/
4-hole channel bracket – back-to-back
1-5/8" (14 gauge) equivalent channel

“) 
“)

mm (in)
*See Instructions For Use (IFU), packaged with the product, for special Installation parameters and additional hardware required.

2023 108
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2 MT COMPONENTS
3.2.7 MT BRACKETS
Figure 78 - MT-BR-30 Figure 79 - MT-BR-40 Figure 80 - MT-BR-40D

Table 215 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,5,6,7

Weight L W F1
Bracket lbs (kg) in (mm) lb/in (N/cm) lb (kN)
1.43 11-13/16 18.62 220
MT-BR-30 300 (OC) 2
(0.65) (300) (33.03) (1.00)
1.93 17-11/16 8.20 145
MT-BR-30 450 (OC) 2
(0.88) (450) (14.68) (0.66)
2.49 11-13/16 66.04 780
MT-BR-40 300 (OC) 2
(1.13) (300) (116.36) (3.49)
3.15 17-11/16 29.35 520
MT-BR-40 450 (OC) 2
(1.43) (450) (51.71) (2.33)
3.84 23-5/8 16.51 390
MT-BR-40 600 (OC) 2
(1.74) (600) (29.09) (1.75)
5.64 39-3/8 5.97 235
MT-BR-40 1000 (OC) 2
(2.56) (1000) (10.47) (1.05)
5.69 23-5/8 18.20 430
MT-BR-40 O4 600 OC
(2.58) (600) (32.16) (1.93)
7.50 39-3/8 6.60 260
MT-BR-40 O4 1000 OC
(3.40) (1000) (11.58) (1.16)
3.84 23-5/8 50.17 1,185
MT-BR-40D 600 (OC) 3,4
(1.74) (600) (88.12) (5.29)
5.64 39-3/8 18.03 710
MT-BR-40D 1000 (OC) 3,4
(2.56) (1000) (31.72) (3.17)
8.40 23-5/8 50.17 1,185
MT-BR-40D O4 600 OC
(3.81) (600) (88.12) (5.29)
12.02 39-3/8 18.03 710
MT-BR-40D O4 1000 OC
(5.45) (1000) (31.72) (3.17)
16.49 59-1/16 8.04 475
MT-BR-40D O4 1500 OC
(7.48) (1500) (14.10) (2.11)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.5.
2. No reductions to tabulated loads need to be applied for bracket attachment to channel.
3. For bracket attachment to 14 gauge vertical channel, multiply tabulated load values by 0.61.
4. For bracket attachment to 12 gauge (e.g. MT-50) vertical channel, multiply tabulated load values by 0.66.
5. The loads apply only when channel profile opening is facing upward or downward.
6. The bracket’s self-weight has been accounted for in the table load values.
7. Load values are for bracket only. Design professional is responsible for checking base material and fastener strength.

2023 109
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2 MT COMPONENTS
3.2.7 MT BRACKETS
Figure 81 - MT-BR-30 Figure 82 - MT-BR-40 Figure 83 - MT-BR-40D

Table 216 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,5,6,7

Weight L W F1
Bracket lbs (kg) in (mm) lb/in (N/cm) lb (kN)
1.43 11-13/16 30.46 360
MT-BR-30 300 (OC) 2
(0.65) (300) (53.86) (1.62)
1.93 17-11/16 13.67 240
MT-BR-30 450 (OC) 2
(0.88) (450) (23.94) (1.08)
2.49 11-13/16 99.86 1,180
MT-BR-40 300 (OC) 2
(1.13) (300) (174.89) (5.25)
3.15 17-11/16 44.31 785
MT-BR-40 450 (OC) 2
(1.43) (450) (77.73) (3.50)
3.84 23-5/8 24.97 590
MT-BR-40 600 (OC) 2
(1.74) (600) (43.72) (2.62)
5.64 39-3/8 8.89 350
MT-BR-40 1000 (OC) 2
(2.56) (1000) (15.74) (1.57)
5.69 23-5/8 27.52 650
MT-BR-40 O4 600 OC
(2.58) (600) (48.34) (2.90)
7.50 39-3/8 9.91 390
MT-BR-40 O4 1000 OC
(3.40) (1000) (17.40) (1.74)
3.84 23-5/8 75.57 1,785
MT-BR-40D 600 (OC) 3,4
(1.74) (600) (132.45) (7.95)
5.64 39-3/8 27.18 1,070
MT-BR-40D 1000 (OC) 3,4
(2.56) (1000) (47.68) (4.77)
8.40 23-5/8 75.57 1,785
MT-BR-40D O4 600 OC
(3.81) (600) (132.45) (7.95)
12.02 39-3/8 27.18 1,070
MT-BR-40D O4 1000 OC
(5.45) (1000) (47.68) (4.77)
16.49 59-1/16 12.10 715
MT-BR-40D O4 1500 OC
(7.48) (1500) (21.19) (3.18)
1. Maximum resistance factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 0.65.
2. No reductions to tabulated loads need to be applied for bracket attachment to channel.
3. For bracket attachment to 14 gauge vertical channel, multiply tabulated load values by 0.52.
4. For bracket attachment to 12 gauge (e.g. MT-50) vertical channel, multiply tabulated load values by 0.57.
5. The loads apply only when channel profile opening is facing upward or downward.
6. The bracket’s self-weight has been accounted for in the table load values.
7. Load values are for bracket only. Design professional is responsible for checking base material and fastener strength.

2023 110
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CC-30
Description
Clamp for channel-to-channel or channel-to-girder connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection 

ੋ
Electro-Galvanized (EG)  


MT-CC-30 ੋ




Ordering Information
 
 
Weight Per Piece Quantity  
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-CC-30 0.60 (0.27) 10 2322427

Figure 84 - Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 217 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 1,685 1,120
(4.50) (7.50) (5.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 84.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Table 218 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-30
Fx Fy Fz
B. MT-30/50/60 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,345 1,560
(6.26) (10.44) (6.96)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 84.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Figure 85 - Channel-to-Girder Connection Table 219 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 2,035 1,645
(4.50) (9.06) (7.33)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.35.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 85.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Table 220 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-30 Fx Fy Fz
B. MT-70/80/90/100 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,645 2,140
(6.26) (11.78) (9.53)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 85.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

2023 111
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CC-40/50
Description
Clamp for channel-to-channel or channel-to-girder connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)

MT-CC-40/50 ੋ 



Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
ੋ
MT-CC-40/50 OC 



Ordering Information 
 

Weight Per Piece Quantity  
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-CC-40/50 0.70 (0.32) 20 2322429
MT-CC-40/50 OC 0.70 (0.32) 20 2322391

Figure 86 - Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 221 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 1,685 1,120
(4.50) (7.50) (5.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 86.
A. MT-50 4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.
B. MT-30/50/60/40D
Table 222 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,345 1,560
(6.26) (10.44) (6.96)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 86.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Figure 87 - Channel-to-Girder Connection Table 223 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 2,035 1,645
(4.50) (9.06) (7.33)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.35.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 87.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.
A. MT-50
B. MT-70/80/90/100 Table 224 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,645 2,140
(6.26) (11.78) (9.53)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 87.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

2023 112
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CC-40D
Description
Clamp for channel-to-channel or channel-to-girder connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-CC-40D 


ੋ 
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)  

MT-CC-40D OC [
[

Ordering Information 




Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No.   
lbs (kg) Piece(s) mm (in)
MT-CC-40D 1.02 (0.47) 10 2322398
MT-CC-40D OC 1.02 (0.47) 10 2322399

Figure 88 - Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 225 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 1,685 1,120
(4.50) (7.50) (5.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 88.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.
A. MT-40D
B. MT-30/50/60/40D Table 226 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,345 1,560
(6.26) (10.44) (6.96)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 88.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Figure 89 - Channel-to-Girder Connection Table 227 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 2,035 1,645
(4.50) (9.06) (7.33)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.35.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 89.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.
A. MT-40D
Table 228 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
B. MT-70/80/90/100
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,645 2,140
(6.26) (11.78) (9.53)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 89.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

2023 113
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CC-70 OC
Description
Clamp for girder-to-channel or girder-to-girder connections.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection 
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) ੋ





MT-CC-70 OC
ੋ


Ordering Information 


 

Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-CC-70 OC 0.79 (0.36) 16 2322404

Figure 90 - Girder-to-Channel Connection Table 229 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
700 2,105 1,120
(3.12) (9.38) (5.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 90.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.
A. MT-70
B. MT-30/50/60/40D Table 230 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
975 2,930 1,560
(4.35) (13.05) (6.96)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 90.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

Figure 91 - Girder-to-Girder Connection Table 231 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,545 2,035 2,055
(11.33) (9.06) (9.16)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.35.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 915.
4. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

A. MT-70 Table 232 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

B. MT-70/80/90/100
B Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3,310 2,645 2,675
(14.73) (11.78) (11.91)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. See Figure 91.
3. Loading in the negative Z-direction is not recommended for this connector.

2023 114
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CT-H2
Description
Flat plate for channel-to-channel (same size) connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-CT-H2
ੋ
 

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)


MT-CT-H2 OC


Ordering Information  

Weight Per Piece Quantity mm (in)
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-CT-H2 0.31 (0.14) 15 2322405
MT-CT-H2 OC 0.31 (0.14) 15 2322409

Figure 92 - Single Plate Connection Table 233 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
350 350 495
(1.56) (1.56) (2.22)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 92.

A. MT-30/50/60/40D Table 234 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
490 490 640
(2.18) (2.18) (2.86)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 92.

Figure 93 - Double Plate Connection Table 235 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
700 700 1,615
(3.12) (3.12) (7.19)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.50.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 93.

Table 236 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-40D
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
975 975 2,100
(4.35) (4.35) (9.35)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.4.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 93.

2023 115
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CT-H5
Description
Flat plate for channel-to-channel (same size) connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-CT-H5

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 

ੋ
 
 ੋ 

MT-CT-H5 OC 


Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.  
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  

MT-CT-H5 0.76 (0.34) 8 2322406 mm (in)

MT-CT-H5 OC 0.76 (0.34) 8 2322410

Figure 94 - Single Plate Connection Table 237- Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
550 505 495
(2.46) (2.25) (2.22)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 94.

A. MT-30/50/60/40D Table 238- Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
715 645 640
(3.19) (2.88) (2.86)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 94.

Figure 95 - Double Plate Connection Table 239 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,340 1,010 1,615
(5.98) (4.50) (7.19)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 95.

Table 240 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-40D
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,745 1,290 2,100
(7.77) (5.75) (9.35)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 95.

2023 116
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CT-T
Description
Flat plate for channel-to-channel connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MT-CT-T
ੋ 
 ੋ  



Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 



MT-CT-T OC

 
Ordering Information 

Weight Per Piece Quantity mm (in)

Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-CT-T 0.59 (0.27) 12 2322407
MT-CT-T OC 0.59 (0.27) 12 2322411

Figure 96 - Single Plate Connection Table 241 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
505 990 495
(2.25) (4.42) (2.22)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 96.

A. MT-30/50/60/40D Table 242 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
700 1,290 640
(3.13) (5.75) (2.86)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.50.
2. See Figure 96.

Figure 97 - Double Plate Connection Table 243 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,010 1,845 1,615
(4.50) (8.22) (7.19)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 97.

Table 244 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-40D
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,405 2,400 2,100
(6.26) (10.69) (9.35)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 97.

2023 117
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.8 MT CLAMPS AND CHANNEL TIES
MT-CT-H4
Description
Flat plate for channel-to-channel (same size) connections.
Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG) 


MT-CT-H4
ੋ 
 

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MT-CT-H4 OC 


Ordering Information mm (in)

Weight Per Piece Quantity

Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-CT-H4 0.58 (0.26) 15 2322408
MT-CT-H4 OC 0.58 (0.26) 15 2322412

Figure 98 - Single Plate Connection Table 245 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,215 350 495
(5.41) (1.56) (2.22)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 98.

A. MT-30/50/60/40D Table 246 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,580 490 640
(7.03) (2.18) (2.86)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 98.

Figure 99 - Double Plate to Connection Table 247 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2,305 700 1,615
(10.27) (3.12) (7.19)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.50.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 99.

A. MT-40D Table 248 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fy Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3,000 975 2,100
(13.35) (4.35) (9.35)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.4.
2. Tabulated values are based on plates being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 99.

2023 118
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.9 MT BEAM CLAMPS
MT-BC-GS T OC
Description
Girder beam clamp – MT-70 and MT-80.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-BC-GS T OC
0

 “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  
“) “)
MT-BC-GS T OC 2.81 (1.28) 12 2273587

mm (in)

Figure 100 - MT Girder-to-Steel Table 249 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5
Fz
lb (kN)
3,035
(13.52)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Tabulated values represent the total allowable load on a pair of beam clamps. The load
resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 1,515 lbs (6.76 kN).
3. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
4. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
5. See Figure 100.

Table 250 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

A. MT-70/80 Fz
lb (kN)
4,555
(20.28)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values represent the total factored design load on a pair of beam clamps. The
load resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 2,275 lbs (10.14 kN).
3. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
4. See Figure 100.

2023 119
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.9 MT BEAM CLAMPS
MT-BC-GXL T OC
Description
Girder beam clamp – MT-90 and MT-100.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
MT-BC-GXL T OC
0

Ordering Information
 “)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)

MT-BC-GXL T OC 4.67 (2.12) 10 2273589 “)

“)

mm (in)

Figure 101 - MT Girder-to-Steel Table 251 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5
Fz
lb (kN)
6,500
(28.92)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Tabulated values represent the total allowable load on a pair of beam clamps. The load
resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 3,250 lbs (14.46 kN).
3. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
4. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
5. See Figure 101.

Table 252 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

A. MT-90/100 Fz
lb (kN)
9,745
(43.37)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
2. Tabulated values represent the total factored design load on a pair of beam clamps. The
load resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 4,870 lbs (21.68 kN).
3. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
4. See Figure 101.

2023 120
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.9 MT BEAM CLAMPS
MQT-21-41
Description
Beam clamp for connecting channels directly to
steel beams.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MQT-21-41

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MQT-21-41-F

0 0
Ordering Information  
 
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.  
lbs (kg) Piece(s)

MQT-21-41 0.83 (0.38) 10 369675 

MQT-21-41-F 0.79 (0.36) 10 304190

mm in

Figure 102 - MT Channel-to-Steel Table 253 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5
Fz
lb (kN)
1,350
(6.01)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Tabulated values represent the total allowable load on a pair of beam clamps. The load
resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 675 lbs (3.0 kN).
3. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
4. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
5. See Figure 102.

A. MT-30/50 Table 254 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

Fz
lb (kN)
1,820
(8.11)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.45.
2. Tabulated values represent the total factored design load on a pair of beam clamps. The
load resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 910 lbs (4.05 kN).
3. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
4. See Figure 102.

2023 121
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.9 MT BEAM CLAMPS
MQT-41-82
Description
Beam clamp for connecting channels directly to steel beams.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MQT-41-82

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)

MQT-41-82-F

Ordering Information
0 0

Weight Per Piece Quantity  

Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  

MQT-41-82 1.30 (0.59) 10 369676  

MQT-41-82-F 1.33 (0.60) 10 304191 


mm in

Figure 103 - MT Channel-to-Steel Table 255 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5
Fz
lb (kN)
1,800
(8.01)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Tabulated values represent the total allowable load on a pair of beam clamps. The load
resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 900 lbs (4.0 kN).
3. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
4. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
5. See Figure 103.

A. MT-40D Table 256 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

Fz
lb (kN)
2,430
(10.81)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.45.
2. Tabulated values represent the total factored design load on a pair of beam clamps. The
load resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 1,215 lbs (5.4 kN).
3. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
4. See Figure 103.

2023 122
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.9 MT BEAM CLAMPS
MQT-U
Description
Channel beam clamp.

Corrosion Protection
Electro-Galvanized (EG)
MQT-U

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MQT-U 0.42 (0.19) 10 2301108

Figure 104 - MT Channel-to-Steel Table 257 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4,5
Fz
lb (kN)
950
(4.23)
1. Safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 4.0.
2. Tabulated values represent the total allowable load on a pair of beam clamps. The load
resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 475 lbs (2.11 kN).
3. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
4. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
5. See Figure 104.

A. MT-20/30/50/60/40D Table 258 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3,4

Fz
lb (kN)
1,280
(5.71)
1. Resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.35.
2. Tabulated values represent the total factored design load on a pair of beam clamps. The
load resisted by a single beam clamp must not exceed 640 lbs (2.85 kN).
3. The design professional must account for moment decoupling when the applied loads do
not occur between the pair of beam clamps.
4. See Figure 104.

2023 123
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.10 MT THREADED ROD CONNECTORS AND PIPE SADDLES
MT-CTR-GS OC
Description
Threaded rod hanging connector for MT-70 and MT-80
(short side) girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
(3/16“) 4 17 x 29.5
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50. (11/16“ x 1-3/16“)

Corrosion Protection ∅11

(7/16“) 86.7
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) (3-7/16“)

MT-CTR-GS 1/2 OC 58.5

51
(2“) (2-5/16“)
MT-CTR-GS 5/8 OC
mm (in)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-CTR-GS 1/2 OC 1.02 (0.46) 16 2332791
MT-CTR-GS 5/8 OC 1.11 (0.50) 16 2332792

Figure 105 - MT Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 259 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
lb (kN)
2,470
(11.00)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.6.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 105.

Table 260 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fz
lb (kN)
3,955
A. MT-70/80 (short side) (17.60)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.45.
2. See Figure 105.

2023 124
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.10 MT THREADED ROD CONNECTORS AND PIPE SADDLES
MT-CTR-GL OC
Description
Threaded rod hanging connector for MT-90 or MT-100 (short
side) girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470) (3/16“) 4 17 x 29.5
(11/16“ x 1-3/16“)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50. ∅11
(7/16“)
86.7
Corrosion Protection (3-7/16“)

Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) 101

(4“)
58.5
(2-5/16“)
MT-CTR-GL 1/2 OC
MT-CTR-GL 5/8 OC mm (in)

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-CTR-GL 1/2 OC 1.11 (0.50) 16 2332794
MT-CTR-GL 5/8 OC 1.19 (0.54) 16 2332795

Figure 106 - MT Channel-to-Channel Connection Table 261 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
lb (kN)
3,215
(14.32)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.65.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 106.

Table 262 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fz
lb (kN)
4,150
A. MT-90/100 (short side) (18.48)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. See Figure 106.

2023 125
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.10 MT THREADED ROD CONNECTORS AND PIPE SADDLES
MT-C-PS
Description
Connector for pipe saddle attachment for pipe stanchion
applications on MT-80 (long side), MT-90, or MT-100 (short side).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 50.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
 “)
MT-C-PS 5/8 OC 0*
MT-C-PS 7/8 OC
MT-C-PS 1-1/4 OC ੋ  
“) “)

“) 
Ordering Information
mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity 
Description Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)
“)
MT-C-PS 5/8 OC 1.20 (0.54) 10 2343196
*Hole size, M, varies based on rod diameter of 5/8", 7/8", or 1-1/4".
MT-C-PS 7/8 OC 1.18 (0.54) 10 2343197
MT-C-PS 1-1/4 OC 1.16 (0.53) 10 2343198

Figure 107 - Connection to MT Girder Table 263 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
lb (kN)
1,175
(5.24)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.7.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 107.

Table 264 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2

Fz
lb (kN)
1,525
(6.80)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
A. MT-80 (long side), MT-90, MT-100 (short side) 2. See Figure 107.
B. B. MI-PSCU / MI-PSU Pipe Saddle

2023 126
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.10 MT THREADED ROD CONNECTORS AND PIPE SADDLES
MI-PSCU / MI-PSU
Description
Hot-dipped galvanized saddle with U-bolt for pipe support.

Material Specifications
Standard and Grade
ASTM A36 (U-bolt)
ASTM A307 Grade A (threaded rod)
ASTM D2000-BC-608 (Rubber)

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Pipe Size NPS Threaded Rod Dimension “A” Dimension “B”
Description lbs (kg) Item No. (in) Diameter (in) (in) (in)
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 2" 0.5 (0.23) 2199851 2 5/8 9.50 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 2-1/2" 1.1 (0.50) 2199852 2.5 5/8 9.75 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 3" 1.7 (0.77) 2199853 3 5/8 10.06 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 3-1/2" 2.2 (1.0) 2199854 3.5 5/8 10.31 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 4" 2.8 (1.27) 2199855 4 7/8 10.56 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 5" 4.0 (1.81) 2199856 5 7/8 11.06 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 6" 5.1 (2.31) 2199857 6 1 11.75 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 8" 7.4 (3.36) 2199858 8 1 12.75 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 10" 9.7 (4.40) 2199859 10 1-1/4 13.94 8
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 12" 12 (5.44) 2199860 12 1-1/4 14.94 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 2" 0.5 (0.23) 2199861 2 5/8 9.50 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 2-1/2" 1.1 (0.50) 2199862 2.5 5/8 9.75 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 3" 1.7 (0.77) 2199863 3 5/8 10.06 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 3-1/2" 2.2 (1.0) 2199864 3.5 5/8 10.31 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 4" 2.8 (1.27) 2199865 4 7/8 10.56 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 5" 4.0 (1.81) 2199866 5 7/8 11.06 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 6" 5.1 (2.31) 2199867 6 1 11.75 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 8" 7.4 (3.36) 2199868 8 1 12.75 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 10" 9.7 (4.40) 2199869 10 1-1/4 13.94 8
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 12" 12 (5.44) 2199870 12 1-1/4 14.94 8

2023 127
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.10 MT THREADED ROD CONNECTORS AND PIPE SADDLES
MI-PSCU
Figure 108 - Pipe Saddle Table 265 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
Description (lb)
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 2" 4,326
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 2-1/2" 4,326
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 3" 4,326
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 3-1/2" 4,326
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 4" 8,843
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 5" 8,843
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 6" 11,599
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 8" 11,599
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 10" 18,547
Pipe saddle with coated U-Bolt, 12" 18,547
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 108.

MI-PSU
Figure 109 - Pipe Saddle Table 266 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3
Fz
Description (lb)
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 2" 4,326
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 2-1/2" 4,326
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 3" 4,326
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 3-1/2" 4,326
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 4" 8,843
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 5" 8,843
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 6" 11,599
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 8" 11,599
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 10" 18,547
Pipe saddle with uncoated U-Bolt, 12" 18,547
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) values.
3. See Figure 109.

2023 128
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MT-FA-G M10-3/8" / M12-1/2" / M16-5/8" / M22-7/8" / M24-1"
 “)
Description “ x “)
[
MT-FA-G M10-3/8": U-bolt connector – MT-70/80/90/100 – 3/8" threads ੋ “)
MT-FA-G M12-1/2": U-Bolt connector – MT-70/90/90/100 – 1/2" threads
MT-FA-G M16-5/8": U-Bolt connector – MT-70/80/90/100 – 5/8" threads

MT-FA-G M22-7/8": U-Bolt connector – MT-70/80/90/100 – 7/8" threads “)

MT-FA-G M24-1": U-Bolt connector – MT-70/80/90/100 – 1" threads 

“)  “)

Material Specifications mm (in)

MT-FA-G 3/8 OC
Standard 1
Grade 1
Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)  “)
“ x “)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
[
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical ੋ  “)
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection 
Outdoor Coating (HDG) “)

MT-FA-G M10-3/8 OC 
“)  “)
MT-FA-G M12-1/2 OC
mm (in)
MT-FA-G M16-5/8 OC
MT-FA-G 1/2 OC
MT-FA-G M22-7/8 OC  “)
MT-FA-G M24-1 OC “ x “)
[
ੋ  “)
Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No. 
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
“)
MT-FA-G M10-3/8 OC 0.46 (0.21) 10 2273681
MT-FA-G M12-1/2 OC 0.48 (0.22) 10 2273682 
“)  “)
MT-FA-G M16-5/8 OC 0.54 (0.24) 10 2273683
MT-FA-G M22-7/8 OC 0.63 (0.29) 10 2273684 mm (in)
MT-FA-G M24-1 OC 0.71 (0.32) 10 2273685 MT-FA-G 5/8 OC

 “)
“ x “)
[
ੋ  “)


“)


“)  “)

mm (in)
MT-FA-G 7/8 OC

 “)
“ x “)
[

ੋ “)


“)


“)  “)

mm (in)
MT-FA-G 1 OC
2023 129
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MT-FA-G M10-3/8" / M12-1/2" / M16-5/8" / M22-7/8" / M24-1"
Figure 110 - MT Girder Connection Table 267 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
485 680
(2.17) (3.03)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are for a single connector. Connectors are to be used in pairs.
4. See Figure 110.

Table 268 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
730 1,010
(3.26) (4.50)
1. Maximum resistance factor, ϕ, for tabulated values is 0.75.
A. MT-70/80/90/100 2. Tabulated values are for a single connector. Connectors are to be used in pairs.
3. See Figure 110.

2023 130
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MT-FPS-GS OC
Description
Adjustable guiding bracket for fastening sliding pipe shoes to
MT-70 and MT-80 (short side) girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

 “)
Corrosion Protection  “)
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
ੋ 
MT-FPS-GS OC “)


Ordering Information “)

Weight Per Piece Quantity mm (in)

Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-FPS-GS OC 0.49 (0.22) 12 2273702

Figure 111 - MT Girder Connection Table 269 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
400 530
(1.78) (2.37)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 2.7.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on brackets being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 111.

Table 270 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-70/80
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
600 795
(2.67) (3.55)
1. Maximum resistance factor,Φ, for tabulated values is 0.55.
2. Tabulated values are based on brackets being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 111.

2023 131
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MT-FPS-GL OC
Description
Adjustable guiding bracket for fastening sliding pipe shoes to
MT-90 and MT-100 girders.

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 700 Q235 B 34.08 (235) 53.66 (370)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 700 Grade Q235 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
 “)
MT-FPS-GL OC ੋ 
“)

Ordering Information 
“) 
“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
mm (in)
MT-FPS-GL OC 0.87 (0.40) 10 2273701

Figure 112 - MT Girder Connection Table 271 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
705 530
(3.14) (2.36)
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.0.
2. Multiply tabulated values by 1.5 to obtain minimum Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) values.
3. Tabulated values are based on brackets being installed in pairs.
4. See Figure 112.

Table 272 - Limit State Design (LSD) Load Data1,2,3

A. MT-80 (long side)/90/100
Fx Fz
lb (kN) lb (kN)
1,045 790
(4.67) (3.52)
1. Maximum resistance factor,Φ, for tabulated values is 0.5.
2. Tabulated values are based on brackets being installed in pairs.
3. See Figure 112.

2023 132
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MT-SP OC
Description
Universal low-friction slider plate with improved temperature and
UV-resistance for use between pipes and MT girders or MT-U-GL1.
Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with service temperatures ranging
from -40° F (-40° C) to 302° F (150° C).
Material Specifications
Material
PA66-GF30 UV-stabilized

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-SP OC 0.04 (0.02) 10 2368807

 ¼

7⁄8 7⁄16
 5⁄16 
ੋ

15⁄16
7⁄16



ੋ
3⁄8



mm (in)

15⁄16

 1⁄16

*Technical load data for MT-SP is available upon request.

2023 133
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MP-UB OC
Description
U-bolt for attaching pipes to connectors or directly onto
MT members.

Corrosion Protection
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
U-Bolt MP-UB 1-1/2" to 24" OC

mm (in)

Ordering Information
U-Bolt Thread
Weight Per "M" Before Pipe Diameter Dimension Dimension Thread
Piece Quantity Coating “D” “H” “B”1 Length “L”
Description lbs (kg) Piece(s) Item No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
U-Bolt MP-UB 1-1/2" OC 0.33 (0.15) 20 2288426 3/8 1-1/2 4.35 2.85 2.9
U-Bolt MP-UB 2" OC 0.37 (0.17) 20 2288427 3/8 2 4.85 3.4 3
U-Bolt MP-UB 2-1/2" OC 0.77 (0.35) 10 2288428 1/2 2-1/2 5.55 4 3.25
U-Bolt MP-UB 3" OC 0.86 (0.39) 10 2288429 1/2 3 6.1 4.25 3.6
U-Bolt MP-UB 3-1/2" OC 0.93 (0.42) 10 2288430 1/2 3-1/2 6.6 4.75 3.6
U-Bolt MP-UB 4" OC 1.00 (0.46) 10 2288431 1/2 4 7 5.25 3.6
U-Bolt MP-UB 5" OC 1.15 (0.52) 10 2288432 1/2 5 8.2 6.25 3.7
U-Bolt MP-UB 6" OC 1.32 (0.60) 2 2288433 1/2 6 9.25 7.25 3.7
U-Bolt MP-UB 8" OC 1.60 (0.73) 2 2288434 1/2 8 11.25 9.25 3.7
U-Bolt MP-UB 10" OC 1.98 (0.90) 2 2288435 1/2 10 14 11.5 4.38
U-Bolt MP-UB 12" OC 2.27 (1.03) 2 2288436 1/2 12 16 13.5 4.38
U-Bolt MP-UB 14" OC 7.65 (3.47) 2 2288437 7/8 14 17.25 15.13 4.38
U-Bolt MP-UB 16" OC 8.53 (3.87) 2 2288438 7/8 16 19.25 17.13 4.38
U-Bolt MP-UB 18" OC 12.54 (5.69) 2 2288439 1 18 21.69 19.25 4.81
U-Bolt MP-UB 20" OC 13.69 (6.21) 2 2288311 1 20 23.68 21.25 4.81
U-Bolt MP-UB 24" OC 15.98 (7.25) 2 2288313 1 24 27.68 25.25 4.81
1. Dimension “B” is measured from center line to center line of the U-bolt.

2023 134
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MP-UB OC
Figure 113 - Attachment to MT Profile Load Condition
A B C

) ) )

Table 273 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2,3,4

*For attachment to MT girder, install a pair of Load Condition B

MT-FA-G connectors with MT-TFB. Max Allowable Load
Load Condition A Load Condition C
Static Loads Max Allowable Load @ 650˚ F @ 750˚ F Max Allowable Load
(non-sprinkler loads) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb)
MP-UB 1-1/2"-2" OC 3/8" 1,460 1,144 365
MP-UB 2-1/2"-12" OC 1/2" See load resistance of 2,700 2,114 675
MP-UB 14"-16" OC 7/8" sub-structure 8,960 7,016 2,000
MP-UB 18"-24" OC 1" 11,800 9,239 N.A.
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.50.
2. Load data is based on MSS-SP 58 methodologies.
3. See Figure 113.
4. Load data is for U-bolt only. Design professional is responsible for checking MT profile and connector strength.

Sprinkler Approved

Load Condition A
MP-UB 1-1/2"-12" OC
Load Condition B MP-UB 1-1/2"-12" OC
Load Condition C MP-UB 1-1/2"-5" OC

2023 135
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MP-US OC
Description
Pipe strap designed for use with MT channels, girders, bracket
arms, and the MT-U-GL 1 connector.

Material Specifications
Standard Grade
EN 10346:2016 DX51D-ZM300

+
'
Corrosion Protection E
[
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
$
Pipe Strap MP-US 3/8" to 12" OC V %

mm (in)

Ordering Information
Cross- Cross-
Distance Section Section
Weight Per Diameter Height Width Btwn Holes Width Thickness
Piece Quantity “D” “H” “B” “A” “b” “s”
Description lbs (kg) Piece(s) Item No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
Pipe Strap MP-US 18 3/8" OC 0.157 (0.071) 40 2288314 0.8 0.6 5.06 3.17 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 22 1/2" OC 0.170 (0.077) 40 2288315 0.9 0.8 5.22 3.33 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 28 3/4" OC 0.187 (0.085) 40 2288316 1.2 1 5.44 3.56 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 34 1" OC 0.212 (0.096) 20 2288317 1.4 1.3 5.71 3.82 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 43 1-1/4" OC 0.240 (0.109) 20 2288318 1.8 1.6 6.06 4.17 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 49 1-1/2" OC 0.258 (0.117) 20 2288319 2 1.8 6.3 4.41 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 61 2" OC 0.298 (0.135) 20 2288370 2.5 2.3 6.78 4.89 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 77 2-1/2" OC 0.353 (0.160) 10 2288371 3.1 2.9 7.4 5.51 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 90 3" OC 0.395 (0.179) 10 2288372 3.6 3.4 7.9 6.01 1.17 0.1
Pipe Strap MP-US 102 3-1/2" OC 0.741 (0.336) 10 2288373 4.1 3.9 9.07 6.91 1.56 0.12
Pipe Strap MP-US 115 4" OC 0.809 (0.367) 10 2288374 4.6 4.4 9.6 7.44 1.56 0.12
Pipe Strap MP-US 139 5" OC 0.948 (0.430) 10 2288950 5.6 5.4 10.61 8.44 1.56 0.12
Pipe Strap MP-US 169 6" OC 1.118 (0.507) 2 2288376 6.8 6.5 12.12 9.96 1.56 0.12
Pipe Strap MP-US 275 10" OC 1.411 (0.640) 2 2288377 8.8 8.5 14.55 12.38 1.56 0.12
Pipe Strap MP-US 221 8" OC 2.178 (0.988) 2 2288378 10.9 10.6 17.46 14.94 1.95 0.12
Pipe Strap MP-US 326 12" OC 2.511 (1.139) 2 2288379 12.9 12.6 19.46 16.94 1.95 0.12

2023 136
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.11 MT MEDIA FIXATION
MP-US OC
Figure 114 - Attachment to MT Profile Load Condition
A B C

) ) )

*Use MT-TFB for attachment to MT girder. Table 274 - Allowable Strength Design (ASD) Load Data1,2
Load Condition A Load Condition B Load Condition C
Static Loads Max Allowable Load Max Allowable Load Max Allowable Load
(non-sprinkler loads) (lb) (lb) (lb)
MP-US 18-90 OC" 300 75
MP-US 102-222 OC See load resistance of
MP-US 275 OC sub-structure 800 240
MP-US 326 OC
1. Minimum safety factor, Ω, for tabulated values is 3.50.
2. See Figure 114.

Sprinkler Approved

Load Condition A
MP-US 28-61 OC
Load Condition B MP-US 18 – 326 OC MP-US 22 – 326 OC
Load Condition C No

2023 137
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.12 MT LOAD DISTRIBUTION PLATES
MT-B-LDP S
Description
Small load distribution plate for rooftop supports.

Material Specifications
Standard Grade Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
HN 650 AIMgSi 23.21 (160) 31.18 (215)

 “)

Corrosion Protection
Aluminum / EPDM Rubber “)
  “)
MT-B-LDP S

“)

“)
Ordering Information 
“)
“)  mm (in)
Weight Per Piece Quantity
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-B-LDP S 1.46 (0.66) 2 2320182

Variants

A. MT-C-LDP L1 OC
B. MT-AB-A OC
C. MT-B-T OC
D. MT-BR-300/450/600/1000 OC
E. MT-CTAB OC

*Technical data for variants shown are available upon request.

2023 138
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.12 MT LOAD DISTRIBUTION PLATES
MT-B-LDP ME
Description
Medium load distribution plate for rooftop supports.

Material Specifications
Standard Grade Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
HN 650 AIMgSi 23.21 (160) 31.18 (215)

Corrosion Protection
Aluminum / EPDM Rubber  “)

MT-B-LDP ME 
“)  “)

“)

Ordering Information
  
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
Description Item No. “) “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-B-LDP ME 2.59 (1.17) 4 2328319 mm (in)

Variants

A. MT-C-LDP L1 OC
B. MT-AB-A OC
C. MT-B-T OC
D. MT-BR-300/450/600/1000 OC
E. MT-CTAB OC

*Technical data for variants shown are available upon request.

2023 139
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.13 MT MODULAR PLATES Two base plates (one with countersunk
holes and one without) and hardware

MT-P-G S1 OC / MT-P-GM S1 OC with MT-P-G S1 OC. Hardware consists

of 8 bolts, 8 washers, and 8 nuts.

Description
MT-P-G S1 OC: Modular plate with backing plate and hardware
for sandwiched condition using MT-B-GS AB OC or MT-B-GS T
OC (3.1" to 6.9" flange widths).
MT-P-GM S1 OC: Modular plate with hardware for clamped
condition using MT-B-GS AB OC or MT-B-GS T OC (3.1" to 6.9"
flange widths).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM 1011 SS Grade 50. MT-P-G S1 OC
MT-P-GM S1 OC
Corrosion Protection One base plate (with countersunk holes)
and hardware with MT-P-GM S1 OC.
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG)
Hardware consists of 4 bolts, 4 washers,
MT-P-G S1 OC and 4 nuts.

MT-P-GM S1 OC
“) “)
 [  [
“x “) “x “)

Ordering Information
   
“) “) “)
“)
Weight Per Piece Quantity    
Description Item No. “) “) “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s) “)

MT-P-G S1 OC 14.44 (6.55) 2 2343199 mm (in)

MT-P-GM S1 OC 7.43 (3.37) 2 2345353

2023 140
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.13 MT MODULAR PLATES Two base plates (one with countersunk
holes and one without) and hardware with

MT-P-G S2 OC / MT-P-GM S2 OC MT-P-G S2 OC. Hardware consists of 8

bolts, 8 washers, and 8 nuts.

Description
MT-P-G S2 OC: Modular plate with backing plate and hardware
for sandwiched condition using MT-B-GS AB OC or MT-B-GS T
OC (5.9" to 9.7" flange widths).
MT-P-GM S2 OC (SET): Modular plate with hardware for
clamped condition using MT-B-GS AB OC or MT-B-GS T OC
(5.9" to 9.7" flange widths).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
properties of ASTM 1011 SS Grade 50.
MT-P-G S2 OC
One base plate (with countersunk holes) MT-P-GM S2 OC

Corrosion Protection and hardware with MT-P-GM S2 OC.

Hardware consists of 4 bolts, 4 washers,
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) and 4 nuts.

MT-P-G S2 OC
MT-P-GM S2 OC

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity [ [
Description Item No. “) “x “) “) “x “)
lbs (kg) Piece(s)  
MT-P-G S2 OC 14.22 (6.45) 2 2343280
MT-P-GM S2 OC 7.28 (3.30) 2 2345354  
“) “)
 
“)  “) 
 “) “)

“) “)

mm (in)

2023 141
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.13 MT MODULAR PLATES Two base plates (one with countersunk
holes and one without) and hardware with

MT-P-G S3 OC / MT-P-GM S3 OC MT-P-G S3 OC. Hardware consists of 8

bolts, 8 washers, and 8 nuts.

Description
MT-P-G S3 OC: Modular plate with backing plate and hardware
for sandwiched condition using MT-B-GS AB OC or MT-B-GS T
OC (9.1" to 12.8" flange widths).
MT-P-GM S3 OC (SET): Modular plate with hardware for
clamped condition using MT-B-GS AB OC or MT-B-GS T OC
(9.1" to 12.8" flange widths).

Material Specifications
Standard1 Grade1 Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
GB/T 1591 Q355 B 51.49 (355) 68.17 (470)
1. Mechanical properties of GB/T 1591 Grade Q355 B meet or exceed the mechanical
MT-P-G S3
properties of ASTM 1011 SS Grade 50.
MT-P-GM S3 OC
One base plate (with countersunk holes)
Corrosion Protection and hardware with MT-P-GM S3 OC.
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (HDG) Hardware consists of 4 bolts, 4 washers,
and 4 nuts.
MT-P-G S3 OC
MT-P-GM S3 OC
[ [
“x “) “x “)
“) “)
 

Ordering Information 

 “)
“)
  
Weight Per Piece Quantity “)
 “) “)
Description Item No. “)

lbs (kg) Piece(s) 
“) “)

MT-P-G S3 OC 17.86 (8.10) 2 2343281 mm (in)

MT-P-GM S3 OC 9.11 (4.13) 2 2345355

2023 142
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.14 MT ACCESSORIES AND END CAPS
MT-EC-20/30/40/50/60
Description
MT-EC-20: Plastic end cap – MT-20
MT-EC-30: Plastic end cap – MT-30
MT-EC-40/50: Plastic end cap – MT-40/50
MT-EC-60: Plastic end cap – MT-60 MT-EC-20

Material Specifications
Material
PPB-MO2

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity MT-EC-30
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-EC-20 0.01 (0.01) 50 2282197
MT-EC-30 0.01 (0.01) 50 2273642
MT-EC-40/50 0.01 (0.01) 50 2273643
MT-EC-60 0.02 (0.01) 50 2273644


 “)
“)
mm (in)
mm (in)

MT-EC-40/50


“)

“)
mm (in)

mm (in)

MT-EC-60

2023 143
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

3.0 MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEM

3.2.14 MT ACCESSORIES AND END CAPS
MT-EC-70/80/90/100
Description
MT-EC-70: Plastic end cap – MT-70
MT-EC-80: Plastic end cap – MT-80
MT-EC-90: Plastic end cap – MT-90
MT-EC-100: Plastic end cap – MT-100
MT-EC-70

Material Specifications
Material
PPB-MO2

Ordering Information
Weight Per Piece Quantity MT-EC-80
Description Item No.
lbs (kg) Piece(s)
MT-EC-70 0.02 (0.01) 50 2273697
MT-EC-80 0.03 (0.02) 25 2273698
MT-EC-90 0.08 (0.03) 25 2273699
MT-EC-100 0.10 (0.05) 25 2273700


“) 
“)

mm (in) mm (in)

MT-EC-90


“)

“)
mm (in)

mm (in)

MT-EC-100

2023 144
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

4.0 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE

THREADED ROD
Material Specifications
Material Fy, ksi (MPa) Fu, ksi (MPa)
Carbon steel per AISI 1008
36 (248.2) 48 (330.9)
or ASTM A36

Corrosion Protection
Plain: Un-coated
Zinc: Galvanized to ASTM F1941-Fe/Zn 5A local layer min. 5 ym

Table 275 - Technical Data and Ordering Information

MSS-SP-581
Weight Per Allowable Tensile AISC2 Allowable
Quantity Weight Package Diameter Load at 650° F Tensile Load
Description Pack (ft/lb) (lbs) (in) Item No. (lbs) (lbs)
1/4" x 6' Threaded rod (Zinc) 50 0.12 35.7 1/4 257963 300 780
1/4" x 10' Threaded rod (Zinc) 50 0.12 59.5 1/4 309386 300 780
1/4" x 10' Threaded rod (Plain) 50 0.12 59.5 1/4 309391 300 780
3/8" x 6' Threaded rod (Zinc) 25 0.3 42.6 3/8 257964 730 1,750
3/8" x 6' Threaded rod (Plain) 25 0.3 42.6 3/8 257969 730 1,750
3/8" x 10' Threaded rod (Zinc) 25 0.3 71.3 3/8 309387 730 1,750
3/8" x 10' Threaded rod (Plain) 25 0.3 71.3 3/8 309392 730 1,750
1/2" x 6' Threaded rod (Zinc) 12 0.5 38.8 1/2 257965 1350 3,110
1/2" x 10' Threaded rod (Zinc) 12 0.5 61.4 1/2 309388 1350 3,110
1/2" x 10' Threaded rod (Plain) 12 0.5 61.4 1/2 309393 1350 3,110
5/8" x 6' Threaded rod (Zinc) 8 0.84 40.0 5/8 257966 2160 4,860
5/8" x 10'Threaded rod (Zinc) 8 0.84 66.5 5/8 309389 2160 4,860
5/8" x 10' Threaded rod (Plain) 8 0.84 66.5 5/8 309394 2160 4,860
3/4" x 6' Threaded rod (Zinc) 5 1.2 36.2 3/4 257967 3230 6,700
3/4" x 10' Threaded rod (Zinc) 5 1.2 60 3/4 309390 3230 6,700
1. Per MSS-SP-58-2002, the ultimate tensile loads are based on a tensile stress of 50,000 psi multiplied by the threaded rod root area based on coarse thread UNC.
2. AISC Allowable Tensile load = 0.33 x Fu x A nom
AISC Allowable Shear load = 0.17 x Fu x A nom

2023 145
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

4.0 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE

HEX NUTS
Material Specifications
Material Dimensions Finish Thread
Class 2A fit;
ASTM A563 Grade A; ASME/ANSI ASTM B 633-98,
Class 2B thread;
Stainless Steel SS316 B18.2.2 – 1986 SC 1 Type I
ASME B1.1

Table 276 - Ordering Information

Weight Per
Package Quantity
Description (lbs) Pack Item No.
Hex nut-heavy 1/4" 1/2 200 411751
Hex nut-heavy 3/8" 11/16 100 411752
Hex nut-standard 3/8" (SS316) 9/16 100 411775
Hex nut-heavy 1/2" 7/8 100 411753
Hex nut-standard 1/2" (SS316) 3/4 100 411776
Hex nut-5/8" 15/16 50 411754
Hex nut-standard 5/8" (SS316) 15/16 50 411777
Hex nut-3/4" 1-1/8 25 411755
Hex nut-standard 3/4" 1-1/8 25 411778
1. Per MSS-SP-58-2002, the ultimate tensile loads are based on a tensile stress of 50,000 psi multiplied by the
threaded rod root area based on coarse thread UNC.
2. AISC Allowable Tensile load = 0.33 x Fu x A nom
AISC Allowable Shear load = 0.17 x Fu x A nom

WASHERS
Material Specifications
Material Dimensions Finish Thread
Class 2A fit;
ASTM A563 Grade A; ASME/ANSI ASTM B 633-98,
Class 2B thread;
Stainless Steel 316 B18.2.2 – 1986 SC 1 Type I
ASME B1.1

Table 277 - Ordering Information

Outside
Inside Diameter Diameter Quantity
Description (in) (in) Pack Item No.
Washer 1/4" 0.312 0.734 200 411756
Washer 1/4" (SS316) 0.281 0.625 200 411779
Washer 3/8" 0.438 1.000 200 411757
Washer 3/8" (SS316) 0.406 0.813 200 411780
Washer 1/2" 0.562 1.375 100 411758
Washer 1/2" (HDG) 0.512 0.945 100 304771
Washer 1/2" (SS316) 0.531 1.250 100 411781
Washer 5/8" 0.656 1.312 100 411759
Washer 5/8" (SS316) 0.656 1.312 100 411782
Washer 3/4" 0.812 1.469 50 411760
Washer 3/4" (SS316) 0.812 1.500 50 411783
Fender washer 1/4" 0.281 1.250 100 411761
Fender washer 1/4" (SS316) 0.281 1.250 100 411784
Fender washer 3/8" 0.406 1.500 100 411762
Fender washer 3/8" (SS316) 0.406 1.500 100 411785
Fender washer 1/2" 0.531 2.000 100 411763
Fender washer 1/2" (SS316) 0.531 2.000 100 411787

2023 146
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

4.0 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE

ROD COUPLERS
Material Specifications
Material Finish Thread
Zinc electroplated to
ASTM A563 Grade A; Class 2A fit;
ASTM B 633-98,
Carbon Steel Class 2B thread
SC 1, Type I

Table 278 - Technical Data and Ordering Information

Width MSS-SP-581
Across Allowable Tensile AISC2 Allowable
Length Flats Quantity Load at 650° F Tensile Load
Description (in) (in) Pack Item No. (lbs) (lbs)
1/4" Rod Coupler 7/8 3/8 100 411746 300 780
3/8" Rod Coupler 1-1/8 1/2 50 411747 730 1,750
1/2" Rod Coupler 1-1/4 5/8 50 411748 1,350 3,110
5/8" Rod Coupler 2-1/8 13/16 50 411749 2,160 4,860
3/4" Rod Coupler 2-1/4 1 25 411750 3,230 6,700
1. Per MSS-SP-58-2002, the ultimate tensile loads are based on a tensile stress of 50,000 psi multiplied by the threaded rod root area
based on coarse thread UNC.
2. AISC Allowable Tensile load = 0.33 x Fu x A nom
AISC Allowable Shear load = 0.17 x Fu x A nom

HEX BOLTS
Material Specifications
Material Dimensions Finish Thread
Zinc electroplated to Class 2A fit;
ASTM A307; ASME/ANSI
ASTM B 633-98, Class 2B thread;
Stainless Steel 316 B18.2.1 – 1981
SC 1, Type I ASME B1.1

Table 279 - Ordering Information

Quantity
Description Pack Item No.
Hex head bolt 3/8" x 1-1/4" 100 411764
Hex head bolt 3/8" x 1-1/4" (SS316) 50 411788
Hex head bolt 3/8" x 1-1/2" 100 411765
Hex head bolt 3/8" x 1-1/2" (SS316) 50 411789
Hex head bolt 1/2" x 1" 50 411766
Hex head bolt 1/2" x 1" (SS316) 50 411790
Hex head bolt 1/2" x 1-1/4" 50 411767
Hex head bolt 1/2" x 1-1/4" (SS316) 50 411791
Hex head bolt 1/2" x 1-1/2" 50 411768
Hex head bolt 1/2" x 1-1/2" (SS316) 50 411792

2023 147
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
GAUGE WALL THICKNESS Uncoated Steel

Equivalent Equivalent
Standard Gauge
The following tables are for information only. Thickness Thickness
Number
(in) (mm)

For uncoated steel reference ASTM A568/A568M, for mill 20 0.0359 0.912
galvanized steel reference ASTM A924/A924M. 19 0.0418 1.062

18 0.0478 1.214

17 0.0538 1.367

16 0.0598 1.519

15 0.0673 1.709

14 0.0747 1.897

13 0.0897 2.278

12 0.1046 2.657

11 0.1196 3.038

10 0.1345 3.416

2023 148
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
STANDARD STEEL PIPE INFORMATION
Based on ASME B36.10M-2018 information.
Specific gravity (SG) of 1.0 for contents (water has a density, ρw, 62.4 lbs/ft3).
Insulation thickness (tins) (ρins) 9.0 lbs/ft3 [foamglass].
Ice thickness (tice) 1 inch with a density (rice) 56 lbs/ft3.
Density of steel, ρs, is 490 lbs/ft3.
Support spacing is based on MSS SP-58.

Standard Steel (STD) Pipe information

Pipe+ Pipe+ Pipe+ Maximum

Nominal Schedule Pipe Outer Wall Pipe Weight Contents Contents+ Ice Insulation Support
Pipe Size Number Diameter, Do Thickness, t w Only Weight Only Weight Only1 Weight Only Spacing
(in) (SCH) in (mm) in (mm) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) ft (m)
0.675 0.091 0.57 0.65 2.7 1.62 7
3/8 40
(17.1) (2.31) (0.85) (0.97) (4.02) (2.41) (2.1)
0.84 0.109 0.85 0.98 3.23 1.97 7
1/2 40
(21.3) (2.77) (1.26) (1.46) (4.81) (2.93) (2.1)
1.05 0.113 1.13 1.36 3.87 2.33 7
3/4 40
(26.7) (2.87) (1.68) (2.02) (5.76) (3.47) (2.1)
1.315 0.133 1.68 2.05 4.88 2.98 7
1 40
(33.4) (3.38) (2.50) (3.05) (7.26) (4.43) (2.1)
1.66 0.14 2.27 2.92 6.17 3.71 7
1-1/4 40
(42.2) (3.56) (3.38) (4.35) (9.18) (5.52) (2.1)
1.9 0.145 2.72 3.6 7.15 4.25 8
1-1/2 40
(48.3) (3.68) (4.05) (5.36) (10.64) (6.32) (2.4)
2.375 0.154 3.65 5.11 9.24 5.38 10
2 40
(60.3) (3.91) (5.43) (7.60) (13.75) (8.01) (3.0)
2.875 0.203 5.79 7.87 12.61 7.71 11
2-1/2 40
(73.0) (5.16) (8.62) (11.71) (18.77) (11.47) (3.3)
3.5 0.216 7.58 10.78 16.28 9.74 12
3 40
(88.9) (5.49) (11.28) (16.04) (24.23) (14.49) (3.6)
4 0.226 9.11 13.4 19.51 11.48 13
3-1/2 40
(101.6) (5.74) (13.56) (19.94) (29.03) (17.08) (3.9)
4.5 0.237 10.79 16.32 23.04 13.35 14
4 40
(114.3) (6.02) (16.06) (24.29) (34.29) (19.87) (4.2)
5.563 0.258 14.62 23.27 31.29 17.57 116
5 40
(141.3) (6.55) (21.76) (34.63) (46.56) (26.15) (35.3)
6.625 0.28 18.99 31.52 40.83 22.39 17
6 40
(168.3) (7.11) (28.26) (46.91) (60.76) (33.32) (5.1)
8.625 0.322 28.58 50.28 62.04 32.77 19
8 40
(219.1) (8.18) (42.53) (74.82) (92.33) (48.77) (5.7)
10.75 0.365 40.48 74.67 89.03 45.51 22
10 40
(273.1) (9.27) (60.24) (111.12) (132.49) (67.73) (6.7)
12.75 0.375 49.63 98.61 115.41 55.39 23
12 STD
(323.9) (9.53) (73.86) (146.75) (171.75) (82.43) (7.0)
14 0.375 54.62 114.35 132.68 60.88 25
14 30
(355.6) (9.53) (81.28) (170.17) (197.45) (90.60) (7.6)
16 0.375 62.64 141.75 162.52 69.67 27
16 30
(406.4) (9.53) (93.22) (210.95) (241.86) (103.68) (8.2)
18 0.375 70.65 171.87 195.09 78.45 28
18 STD
(457.2) (9.53) (105.14) (255.77) (290.33) (116.75) (8.5)
20 0.375 86.69 204.72 230.37 87.24 30
20 20
(508.0) (9.53) (129.01) (304.66) (342.83) (129.83) (9.1)
24 0.375 94.71 278.57 309.12 104.81 32
24 20
(609.6) (9.53) (140.94) (414.56) (460.02) (155.97) (9.7)

1. Assumes no insulation

2023 149
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
STANDARD PVC PIPE INFORMATION
Based on ASME B36.10M-2018 information.
Specific gravity (SG) of 1.0 for contents (water has a density, ρw, 62.4 lbs/ft3).
Temperature of pipe contents is less than 100° F.
Density of PVC, ρpvc, is 86.15 lbs/ft3.
Support spacing is based on MSS SP-58.

Standard PVC Piping

Pipe+ Pipe+ Pipe+

Nominal Pipe Outer Pipe Inner Wall Pipe Weight Contents Contents+ Ice Insulation
Pipe Size Diameter, Do Diameter, Di Thickness, t w Only Weight Only Weight Only1 Weight Only
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m)
0.405 0.269 0.068 0.043 0.025 0.068 3
1/8
(10.3) (6.8) (1.73) (0.064) (0.037) (0.101) (4.46)
0.54 0.364 0.088 0.075 0.045 0.12 3.5
1/4
(13.7) (9.2) (2.24) (0.112) (0.067) (0.179) (5.21)
0.675 0.493 0.091 0.1 0.083 0.183 3.5
3/8
(17.1) (12.5) (2.31) (0.149) (0.124) (0.272) (5.21)
0.84 0.622 0.109 0.15 0.132 0.281 4
1/2
(21.3) (15.8) (2.77) (0.223) (0.196) (0.418) (5.95)
1.05 0.824 0.113 0.199 0.231 0.43 4
3/4
(26.7) (20.9) (2.87) (0.296) (0.344) (0.640) (5.95)
1.315 1.049 0.133 0.295 0.375 0.67 4.5
1
(33.4) (26.6) (3.38) (0.439) (0.558) (0.997) (6.70)
1.66 1.38 0.14 0.4 0.648 1.048 5
1-1/4
(42.2) (35.1) (3.56) (0.595) (0.964) (1.560) (7.44)
1.9 1.61 0.145 0.478 0.882 1.36 5
1-1/2
(48.3) (40.9) (3.68) (0.711) (1.313) (2.024) (7.44)
2.375 2.067 0.154 0.643 1.454 2.097 5
2
(60.3) (52.5) (3.91) (0.957) (2.164) (3.121) (7.44)
2.875 2.469 0.203 1.019 2.075 3.094 6
2-1/2
(73.0) (62.7) (5.16) (1.516) (3.088) (4.604) (8.93)
3.5 3.068 0.216 1.333 3.203 4.537 6
3
(88.9) (77.9) (5.49) (1.984) (4.767) (6.752) (8.93)
4 3.548 0.226 1.603 4.284 5.887 6
3-1/2
(101.6) (90.1) (5.74) (2.386) (6.375) (8.761) (8.93)
4.5 4.026 0.237 1.899 5.516 7.415 6.5
4
(114.3) (102.3) (6.02) (2.826) (8.209) (11.035) (9.67)
5.563 5.047 0.258 2.572 8.669 11.242 7
5
(141.3) (128.2) (6.55) (3.828) (12.901) (16.730) (10.42)
6.625 6.065 0.28 3.339 12.519 15.858 7.5
6
(168.3) (154.1) (7.11) (4.969) (18.630) (23.599) (11.16)
8.625 7.981 0.322 5.025 21.678 26.703 8
8
(219.1) (202.7) (8.18) (7.478) (32.260) (39.738) (11.91)
10.75 10.02 0.365 7.124 34.17 41.294 8.5
10
(273.1) (254.5) (9.27) (10.602) (50.851) (61.452) (12.65)
12.75 11.938 0.406 9.419 48.504 57.923 9.5
12
(323.9) (303.2) (10.31) (14.017) (72.182) (86.199) (14.14)

2023 150
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
STANDARD DUCTILE IRON CLASS 53 PIPE INFORMATION
Based on AWWA C108-70, Table 8.2.
Specific gravity (SG) of 1.0 for contents (water has a density, ρw, 62.4 lbs/ft3).
Add flange weight for flanged cast iron pipe.
Pipe weights vary by class.
Density of ductile iron, ρD, is 455.72 lbs/ft3.

Ductile Iron Class 53 Piping

Pipe+
Nominal Pipe Outer Pipe Inner Wall Pipe Weight Contents Contents
Pipe Size Diameter, Do Diameter, Di Thickness, t w Only Weight Only Weight Only
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m)
3.96 3.34 0.31 11.25 3.8 15.05
3
(100.6) (84.8) (7.9) (16.74) (5.66) (22.40)
4.8 4.16 0.32 14.25 5.89 20.14
4
(121.9) (105.7) (8.1) (21.21) (8.77) (29.97)
6.9 6.22 0.34 22.18 13.17 35.34
6
(175.3) (158.0) (8.6) (33.01) (19.60) (52.59)
9.05 8.33 0.36 31.1 23.62 54.72
8
(229.9) (211.6) (9.1) (46.28) (35.15) (81.43)
11.1 10.34 0.38 40.5 36.39 76.89
10
(281.9) (262.6) (9.7) (60.27) (54.15) (114.42)
13.2 12.4 0.4 50.9 52.33 103.23
12
(335.3) (315.0) (10.2) (75.75) (77.88) (153.62)
15.3 14.46 0.42 62.14 71.16 133.3
14
(388.6) (367.3) (10.7) (92.47) (105.90) (198.37)
17.4 16.54 0.43 72.55 93.11 165.66
16
(442.0) (420.1) (10.9) (107.97) (138.56) (246.53)
19.5 18.62 0.44 83.38 118 201.38
18
(495.3) (472.9) (11.2) (124.08) (175.60) (299.69)
21.6 20.7 0.45 94.63 145.83 240.46
20
(548.6) (525.8) (11.4) (140.82) (217.02) (357.84)
25.8 24.86 0.47 118.36 210.34 328.7
24
(655.3) (631.4) (11.9) (176.14) (313.02) (489.16)
32 30.98 0.51 159.67 326.64 486.32
30
(812.8) (786.9) (13.0) (237.62) (486.09) (723.72)
38.3 37.14 0.58 217.51 469.46 686.97
36
(972.8) (943.4) (14.7) (323.69) (698.63) (1,022.32)
44.5 43.2 0.65 283.38 635.15 918.53
42
(1,130) (1,097) (16.5) (421.72) (945.21) (1,366.92)
50.8 49.36 0.72 358.49 829.21 1187.7
48
(1,290) (1,254) (18.3) (533.49) (1,234.00) (1,767.49)
57.1 55.48 0.81 453.32 1047.57 1500.89
54
(1,450) (1,409) (20.6) (674.61) (1,558.96) (2,233.57)

2023 151
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
TYPE M COPPER TUBING
Dimensions taken from ASTM B88-83.
Specific gravity (SG) of 1.0 for contents (water has a density, ρw, 62.4 lbs/ft3).
Density of copper, ρc, is 559.35 lbs/ft3.
Support spacing is based on MSS SP-58.

Type M Copper Tubing

Tube+ Maximum
Nominal Pipe Outer Pipe Inner Wall Tube Weight Contents Contents Support
Pipe Size Diameter, Do Diameter, Di Thickness, t w Only Weight Only Weight Only Spacing
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) ft (m)
0.375 0.325 0.025 0.107 0.036 0.143 5
1/4
(9.53) (8.26) (0.64) (0.159) (0.054) (0.213) (1.52)
0.5 0.45 0.025 0.145 0.069 0.214 5
3/8
(12.70) (11.43) (0.64) (0.216) (0.103) (0.318) (1.52)
0.625 0.569 0.028 0.204 0.11 0.314 5
1/2
(15.88) (14.45) (0.71) (0.304) (0.164) (0.467) (1.52)
0.75 0.69 0.03 0.264 0.162 0.426 5
5/8
(19.05) (17.53) (0.76) (0.393) (0.241) (0.634) (1.52)
0.875 0.811 0.032 0.329 0.224 0.553 5
3/4
(22.23) (20.60) (0.81) (0.490) (0.333) (0.823) (1.52)
1.125 1.055 0.035 0.466 0.379 0.844 6
1
(28.58) (26.80) (0.89) (0.693) (0.564) (1.256) (1.83)
1.375 1.291 0.042 0.683 0.567 1.25 7
1-1/4
(34.93) (32.79) (1.07) (1.016) (0.844) (1.860) (2.13)
1.625 1.527 0.049 0.942 0.794 1.736 8
1-1/2
(41.28) (38.79) (1.24) (1.402) (1.182) (2.583) (2.44)
2.125 2.009 0.058 1.463 1.374 2.837 8
2
(53.98) (51.03) (1.47) (2.177) (2.045) (4.222) (2.44)
2.625 2.495 0.065 2.031 2.119 4.149 9
2-1/2
(66.68) (63.37) (1.65) (3.022) (3.153) (6.174) (2.74)
3.125 2.981 0.072 2.682 3.024 5.707 10
3
(79.38) (75.72) (1.83) (3.991) (4.500) (8.493) (3.05)
3.625 3.459 0.083 3.588 4.072 7.66 11
3-1/2
(92.08) (87.86) (2.11) (5.340) (6.060) (11.399) (3.35)
4.125 3.935 0.095 4.672 5.27 9.942 12
4
(104.78) (99.95) (2.41) (6.953) (7.843) (14.795) (3.66)
5.125 4.907 0.109 6.672 8.195 14.867 13
5
(130.18) (124.64) (2.77) (9.929) (12.196) (22.125) (3.96)
6.125 5.881 0.122 8.937 11.771 20.708 14
6
(155.58) (149.38) (3.10) (13.300) (17.517) (30.817) (4.27)
8.125 7.785 0.17 16.503 20.627 37.13 16
8
(206.38) (197.74) (4.32) (24.559) (30.696) (55.256) (4.88)

2023 152
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
TYPE L / ACR COPPER TUBING
Dimensions taken from ASTM B88-83.
Specific gravity (SG) of 1.0 for contents (water has a density, ρw, 62.4 lbs/ft3).
Density of copper, ρc, is 559.35 lbs/ft3.
Support spacing is based on MSS SP-58.

Type L / ACR Copper Tubing

Tube+ Maximum
Nominal Pipe Outer Pipe Inner Wall Tube Weight Contents Contents Support
Pipe Size Diameter, Do Diameter, Di Thickness, t w Only Weight Only Weight Only Spacing
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) ft (m)
0.375 0.315 0.03 0.126 0.034 0.16 5
1/4
(9.53) (8.00) (0.76) (0.188) (0.051) (0.238) (1.52)
0.5 0.43 0.035 0.199 0.063 0.262 5
3/8
(12.70) (10.92) (0.89) (0.296) (0.094) (0.390) (1.52)
0.625 0.545 0.04 0.286 0.101 0.387 5
1/2
(15.88) (13.84) (1.02) (0.426) (0.150) (0.576) (1.52)
0.75 0.666 0.042 0.363 0.151 0.514 5
5/8
(19.05) (16.92) (1.07) (0.540) (0.225) (0.765) (1.52)
0.875 0.785 0.045 0.456 0.21 0.666 5
3/4
(22.23) (19.94) (1.14) (0.679) (0.313) (0.991) (1.52)
1.125 1.025 0.05 0.656 0.358 1.013 6
1
(28.58) (26.04) (1.27) (0.976) (0.533) (1.508) (1.83)
1.375 1.265 0.055 0.886 0.545 1.431 7
1-1/4
(34.93) (32.13) (1.40) (1.319) (0.811) (2.130) (2.13)
1.625 1.505 0.06 1.146 0.771 1.917 8
1-1/2
(41.28) (38.23) (1.52) (1.705) (1.147) (2.853) (2.44)
2.125 1.985 0.07 1.755 1.34 3.096 8
2
(53.98) (50.42) (1.78) (2.612) (1.994) (4.607) (2.44)
2.625 2.465 0.08 2.485 2.068 4.553 9
2-1/2
(66.68) (62.61) (2.03) (3.698) (3.078) (6.776) (2.74)
3.125 2.945 0.09 3.333 2.952 6.285 10
3
(79.38) (74.80) (2.29) (4.960) (4.393) (9.353) (3.05)
3.625 3.425 0.1 4.302 3.992 8.294 11
3-1/2
(92.08) (87.00) (2.54) (6.402) (5.941) (12.343) (3.35)
4.125 3.905 0.11 5.39 5.19 10.579 12
4
(104.78) (99.19) (2.79) (8.021) (7.724) (15.743) (3.66)
5.125 4.875 0.125 7.627 8.088 15.715 13
5
(130.18) (123.83) (3.18) (11.350) (12.036) (23.386) (3.96)
6.125 5.845 0.14 10.225 11.627 21.582 14
6
(155.58) (148.46) (3.56) (15.216) (17.303) (32.118) (4.27)
8.125 7.725 0.2 19.342 20.31 39.652 16
8
(206.38) (196.22) (5.08) (28.784) (30.225) (59.009) (4.88)

2023 153
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
TYPE K COPPER TUBING
Dimensions taken from ASTM B88-83.
Specific gravity (SG) of 1.0 for contents (water has a density, ρw, 62.4 lbs/ft3).
Density of copper, ρc, is 559.35 lbs/ft3.
Support spacing is based on MSS SP-58.

Type K Copper Tubing

Tube+ Maximum
Nominal Pipe Outer Pipe Inner Wall Tube Weight Contents Contents Support
Pipe Size Diameter, Do Diameter, Di Thickness, t w Only Weight Only Weight Only Spacing
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) plf (kg/m) ft (m)
0.375 0.305 0.035 0.145 0.032 0.177 5
1/4
(9.53) (7.75) (0.89) (0.216) (0.048) (0.263) (1.52)
0.5 0.402 0.049 0.27 0.055 0.325 5
3/8
(12.70) (10.21) (1.24) (0.402) (0.082) (0.484) (1.52)
0.625 0.527 0.049 0.344 0.095 0.439 5
1/2
(15.88) (13.39) (1.24) (0.512) (0.141) (0.653) (1.52)
0.75 0.652 0.049 0.419 0.145 0.564 5
5/8
(19.05) (16.56) (1.24) (0.624) (0.216) (0.839) (1.52)
0.875 0.745 0.065 0.642 0.189 0.831 5
3/4
(22.23) (18.92) (1.65) (0.955) (0.281) (1.237) (1.52)
1.125 0.995 0.065 0.841 0.337 1.178 6
1
(28.58) (25.27) (1.65) (1.252) (0.502) (1.753) (1.83)
1.375 1.245 0.065 1.039 0.528 1.567 7
1-1/4
(34.93) (31.62) (1.65) (1.546) (0.786) (2.332) (2.13)
1.625 1.481 0.072 1.365 0.746 2.111 8
1-1/2
(41.28) (37.62) (1.83) (2.031) (1.110) (3.142) (2.44)
2.125 1.959 0.083 2.068 1.306 3.374 8
2
(53.98) (49.76) (2.11) (3.078) (1.944) (5.021) (2.44)
2.625 2.435 0.095 2.933 2.018 4.951 9
2-1/2
(66.68) (61.85) (2.41) (4.365) (3.003) (7.368) (2.74)
3.125 2.907 0.109 4.012 2.876 6.888 10
3
(79.38) (73.84) (2.77) (5.971) (4.280) (10.250) (3.05)
3.625 3.385 0.12 5.133 3.9 9.032 11
3-1/2
(92.08) (85.98) (3.05) (7.639) (5.804) (13.441) (3.35)
4.125 3.857 0.134 6.526 5.063 11.589 12
4
(104.78) (97.97) (3.40) (9.712) (7.535) (17.246) (3.66)
5.125 4.805 0.16 9.694 7.858 17.552 13
5
(130.18) (122.05) (4.06) (14.426) (11.694) (26.120) (3.96)
6.125 5.741 0.192 13.901 11.217 25.118 14
6
(155.58) (145.82) (4.88) (20.687) (16.693) (37.380) (4.27)
8.125 7.583 0.271 25.974 19.57 45.544 16
8
(206.38) (192.61) (6.88) (38.654) (29.123) (67.777) (4.88)

2023 154
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT
CONDUIT
The following tables are for information only.
The following tables are for information only. As per UL Standard Safety 6 manufactured to ANSI C80.1
As per UL Standard Safety 6 manufactured to ANSI C80.1 For Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) Trade Tolerances are
for outer diameter:
For Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC) Trade Tolerances are for -/+0.005 inches for 1/2" to 1"
outer diameter: -/+0.0075 inches for 1-1/4" to 2"
-/+0.015 inches for 1/2" to 1-1/2" -/+0.10 inches for 2" to 4"
-/+ 1% for 2" to 6"
For Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) Trade Tolerances for
Conduit weight is an approximation. wall thickness:
-/+0.15 inches for 1/2" to 2"
-/+0.20 inches for 2-1/2" to 4"
Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC)

Avg Avg Avg Wall Approximate Conduit weight is an approximation.

Trade Outer Inner Thickness Weight
Size Diameter Diameter tw lb/100 ft
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) (kg/m) Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
0.84 0.632 0.104 82
1/2 Avg Avg Avg Wall Approximate
(21.3) (16.05) (2.64) (1.22)
Trade Outer Inner Thickness Weight
1.05 0.836 0.107 109
3/4 Size Diameter Diameter tw lb/100 ft
(26.7) (21.23) (2.72) (1.62)
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) (kg/m)
1.315 1.063 0.126 161
1
(33.4) (27.00) (3.20) (2.40) 0.815 0.675 0.07 62
1/2
1.66 1.394 0.133 218 (20.70) (17.15) (1.8) (0.92)
1-1/4
(42.2) (35.41) (3.38) (3.24) 1.029 0.879 0.075 84
3/4
1.99 1.624 0.138 263 (26.14) (22.33) (1.9) (1.25)
1-1/2
(50.5) (41.25) (3.51) (3.91) 1.29 1.12 0.085 119
1
2.375 2.083 0.146 350 (32.77) (28.45) (2.2) (1.77)
2
(60.3) (52.91) (3.71) (5.21) 1.638 1.468 0.085 158
1-1/4
2.875 2.489 0.193 559 (41.61) (37.29) (2.2) (2.35)
2-1/2
(73.0) (63.22) (4.90) (8.32) 1.883 1.703 0.09 194
1-1/2
3.5 3.09 0.205 727 (47.83) (43.26) (2.3) (2.89)
3
(88.9) (78.49) (5.21) (10.82) 2.36 2.17 0.095 256
2
4 3.57 0.215 880 (59.94) (55.12) (2.4) (3.81)
3-1/2
(101.6) (90.68) (5.46) (13.10) 2.857 2.597 0.14 441
2-1/2
4.5 4.05 0.225 1030 (72.57) (65.96) (3.6) (6.56)
4
(114.3) (102.87) (5.72) (15.33) 3.476 3.216 0.14 543
3
5.563 5.073 0.245 1520 (88.29) (81.69) (3.6) (8.08)
5
(141.3) (128.85) (6.22) (22.62) 3.971 3.711 0.14 629
3-1/2
6.625 6.093 0.266 1785 (100.86) (94.26) (3.6) (9.36)
6
(168.3) (154.76) (6.76) (26.56) 4.466 4.206 0.14 700
4
(113.44) (106.83) (3.6) (10.42)

Rigid and Intermediate Metal Conduit shall be supported

at least every 10 feet (3.05 m) and within 3 feet (914 mm) of Rigid and Intermediate Metal Conduit shall be supported
each outlet box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting, except for at least every 10 feet (3.05 m) and within 3 feet (914 mm) of
straight runs of conduit connected with couplings which may each outlet box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting, except for
be supported in accordance with NEC Article 345 and 346, straight runs of conduit connected with couplings which may
provided such supports prevent transmission of stresses to be supported in accordance with NEC Article 345 and 346,
termination where conduit is deflected between supports. provided such supports prevent transmission of stresses to
termination where conduit is deflected between supports.

2023 155
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR LOAD TABLES
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
(EMT) METAL THINWALL CONDUIT
The following tables are for information only.
As per UL Standard Safety 6 manufactured to ANSI C80.1

Conduit weight is an approximation.

Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC)

Avg Avg Avg Wall Approximate

Trade Outer Inner Thickness Weight
Size Diameter Diameter tw lb/100 ft
(in) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) (kg/m)
0.577 0.493 0.042 36.6
3/8
(14.66) (12.52) (1.07) (0.54)
0.706 0.622 0.042 50.6
1/2
(17.93) (15.80) (1.07) (0.75)
0.922 0.824 0.049 84.3
3/4
(23.42) (20.93) (1.24) (1.25)
1.163 1.049 0.057 130.3
1
(29.54) (26.64) (1.45) (1.94)
1.51 1.38 0.065 212.3
1-1/4
(38.35) (35.05) (1.65) (3.16)
1.74 1.61 0.065 269.8
1-1/2
(44.20) (40.89) (1.65) (4.02)
2.197 2.067 0.065 401.8
2
(55.80) (52.50) (1.65) (5.98)
2.875 2.731 0.072 579
2-1/2
(73.03) (69.37) (1.83) (8.62)
3.5 3.356 0.072 826.3
3
(88.90) (85.24) (1.83) (12.30)
4 3.834 0.083 1098
3-1/2
(101.60) (97.38) (2.11) (16.34)
4.5 4.334 0.083 1364
4
(114.30) (110.08) (2.11) (20.30)

Rigid and Intermediate Metal Conduit shall be supported

at least every 10 feet (3.05 m) and within 3 feet (914 mm) of
each outlet box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting, except for
straight runs of conduit connected with couplings which may
be supported in accordance with NEC Article 345 and 346,
provided such supports prevent transmission of stresses to
termination where conduit is deflected between supports.

2023 156
 Modular Support Systems Technical Guide, Edition 1

5.0 REFERENCE
5.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

Terms and Conditions of Sale (U.S.)

All sales are subject to Hilti's Terms and Conditions of Sale.

The U.S. Terms and Conditions are here: https://www.hilti.com/content/hilti/W1/US/en/company/legal-and-footer-information/

terms-conditions/terms-and-conditions-of-sales.html

Terms and Conditions of Sale (Canada)

All sales are subject to Hilti's Terms and Conditions of Sale.

English: https://www.hilti.ca/content/hilti/W1/CA/en/company/legal-and-footer-information/terms-conditions/terms-and-
conditions-of-sales.html

French: https://www.hilti.ca/content/hilti/W1/CA/fr/entreprise/information-legale/conditions-generales-ventes/terms-and-
conditions-of-sales.html

2023 157
In the US: In Canada:
Hilti, Inc. Hilti (Canada) Corporation
7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000, Plano, TX 75024 2201 Bristol Circle
Customer Service: 1-800-879-8000 Oakville ON | L6H 0J8
en español: 1-800-879-5000 Canada
Fax: 1-800-879-7000 Customer Service: 1-800-363-4458
Fax: 1-800-363-4459
www.hilti.com
www.hilti.ca

Hilti is an equal opportunity employer.

Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti Corp.
©Copyright 2023 by Hilti, Inc.
*14001 US only

The data contained in this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made
based on later testing. If verification is needed that the data is still current, please contact the Hilti Technical Support
Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of testing
WHD • 05/23

by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is
necessary to determine performance at any specific site.